Database Reference Guide

ENTERPRISE
Database Reference Guide
Software Version 5.2.1

Reference Guide Edition 2
Copyright 2006 AIRCOM International

All rights reserved
ADVANTAGE, ARCHITECT, ASSET3G, CONNECT, DATASAFE, ENTERPRISE,
NEPTUNE, HOMEZONE, OPTIMA, TARGET and WEBWIZARD are recognised
trademarks of AIRCOM International. Other product names are trademarks of their
respective companies.
Microsoft Word, Microsoft Office, Windows, Windows 95, Windows 98,
Windows NT and MS-DOS are trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.
This documentation is protected by copyright and contains proprietary and
confidential information. No part of the contents of this documentation may be
disclosed, used or reproduced in any form, or by any means, without the prior
written consent of AIRCOM International.
Although AIRCOM International has collated this documentation to reflect the
features and capabilities supported in the software products, the company makes no
warranty or representation, either expressed or implied, about this documentation, its
quality or fitness for particular customer purpose. Users are solely responsible for the
proper use of ENTERPRISE software and the application of the results obtained.
An electronic version of this document exists.
This User Reference Guide finalised on 19 October 2006.
Refer to the Online Help for more information.
This User Reference Guide prepared by:
AIRCOM International Ltd
Cassini Court
Randalls Research Park
Randalls Way
Leatherhead
Surrey
KT22 7TW
Telephone:
Support Hotline:
Fax:
Web:
+44 (0) 1932 442000

+44 (0) 1932 442345
+44 (0) 1932 442005
www.aircominternational.com
Contents
Chapter 1 About this Manual
Overview of Database Table Definitions ............................................................. 1
Primary and Foreign Keys ........................................................................................... 1
About Permissions....................................................................................................... 2
Obtaining User Assistance .................................................................................. 2

About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides ...................................................... 3
Can You Improve Our User Assistance?..................................................................... 4
Obtaining Support........................................................................................................ 4
Obtaining Further Information and Services................................................................ 6
Chapter 2 Database Table Relationships

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1) ...................................... 8
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (2) ...................................... 9
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (3) .................................... 10
Equipment Database Table Relationships ........................................................ 13
Internal Database Table Relationships ............................................................. 14
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (1) .......................................... 15
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (2) .......................................... 16
Project Database Table Relationships (1)......................................................... 17
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships ................................................... 22
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1) .................................................. 23
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (2) .................................................. 24
Chapter 3 Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ACTIVEATTRIB ...................................................................................... 29
Table ACTIVEELEMENTS ................................................................................ 30
Table ACTIVEFLAGS ....................................................................................... 30
Table ACTIVEOBJECTS................................................................................... 31
Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS ............................................................................... 31
Table AICAR ..................................................................................................... 32
Version 5.2.1
Page i
Table ATTRIBUTETYPES ................................................................................ 32

Table CARLAY.................................................................................................. 32
Table CARLAYAICAR ....................................................................................... 33
Table CELLAY .................................................................................................. 33
Table CELLAYCARLAY .................................................................................... 34
Table COORDSYS............................................................................................ 34
Table COORDSYSDATA .................................................................................. 35
Table COVCLASS............................................................................................. 35
Table COVSCHEMA ......................................................................................... 35
Table COVTHRESH.......................................................................................... 36
Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA.................................................................. 36
Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA ........................................................................ 37
Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG........................................................................... 37
Table FILTERS ................................................................................................. 38
Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS ............................................................................ 38
Table FLAGGROUPS ....................................................................................... 39
Table FLAGS .................................................................................................... 39
About Fields............................................................................................................... 39
Table FLAGVALUES......................................................................................... 40
Table FREQBAND ............................................................................................ 40
Table FREQCARRIERCONV............................................................................ 41
Table FREQUENCYDIV.................................................................................... 41
Table GRIDCANDIDATES ................................................................................ 42
Table GRIDCONFIG ......................................................................................... 42
Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS .............................................................................. 43
Table GROUPCARRIER ................................................................................... 43
Table HEXAGONGRIDS ................................................................................... 44
Table HSDPARATE .......................................................................................... 44
Table INTF ........................................................................................................ 45
Table INTFWEIGHTS ....................................................................................... 45
Table LOGICALOPS ......................................................................................... 45
Table LOGUMTSCELLRATE ............................................................................ 46
Table MAPNAMES............................................................................................ 47
Table MAPVALUES .......................................................................................... 47
Table PATTERN ............................................................................................... 48
Table PATTERNGROUP .................................................................................. 48
Table PROPCLUTTER ..................................................................................... 49
Page ii

Version 5.2.1
Table PROPMODEL ......................................................................................... 49

Table RULES .................................................................................................... 51
Table RULETYPES ........................................................................................... 51
Table SCHEMAMANAGERS ............................................................................ 51
Table SCRIPTEVENTS..................................................................................... 52
Table SCRIPTSTORAGE ................................................................................. 52
Table TERMRATE ............................................................................................ 52
Table TERMTYCELLAY.................................................................................... 53
Table TERMTYCLUTTER ................................................................................. 53
Table TERMTYPE............................................................................................. 54
Table TERMTYPOLYGON................................................................................ 56
Table TERMTYVECTOR................................................................................... 56
Table TIMESLOTMAP ...................................................................................... 57
Table VECATTR ............................................................................................... 57
Table VECBOUNDS ......................................................................................... 58
Table VECFILE ................................................................................................. 58
Chapter 4 Equipment Database Tables

Table ANTENNADEVICE.................................................................................. 60
Table ANTENNAPATTERN .............................................................................. 61
Table BCFTYPE................................................................................................ 62
Table BTS ......................................................................................................... 63
Table CABIN ..................................................................................................... 64
Table EQUIPSUPPLIER ................................................................................... 65
Table FEEDER.................................................................................................. 65
Table GENREPEATERFEEDER ...................................................................... 66
Table LOGNODEBTYPE .................................................................................. 67
Table MASTHEADAMP .................................................................................... 69
Table TOWER ................................................................................................... 70
Table VHMASK ................................................................................................. 71
Chapter 5 Internal Database Tables

Table CELLEQUIPMENT .................................................................................. 75
Table CIBER ..................................................................................................... 75
Table DBCORERFI ........................................................................................... 76
Table DBVERSION ........................................................................................... 76
Table FIELDSTABLE ........................................................................................ 76
Version 5.2.1
Page iii
Table IDSEQUENCES ...................................................................................... 76

Table INTERFWEIGHTS .................................................................................. 77
Table MPFINDEX.............................................................................................. 77
Table PREDFOLDER........................................................................................ 78
Table PREDINDEX ........................................................................................... 78
Table PRIORGROUPS ..................................................................................... 79
Table PRIORGROUPSRM................................................................................ 79
Table PRIORGROUPUSER.............................................................................. 79
Table PRIORGROUPUSERRM ........................................................................ 80
Table PRIORUSER ........................................................................................... 80
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX.............................................................................. 81
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXRM ........................................................................ 81
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE .................................................................... 82
Table PRIORUSERRM ..................................................................................... 82
Table PRIORUSERTYPE ................................................................................. 83
Table PROJECT ............................................................................................... 83
Table PROJECTREGION ................................................................................. 85
Table REF_COLUMNS ..................................................................................... 86
Table UPFINDEX .............................................................................................. 86
Chapter 6 Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGATTACHMENT ................................................................................ 89
Table LOGCONNECTION ................................................................................ 89
Table LOGCONNROUTE ................................................................................. 90
Table LOGCONNRTHOP ................................................................................. 91
Table LOGCONNTRAFFIC ............................................................................... 91
Table LOGLUMC .............................................................................................. 92
Table LOGNETWORK ...................................................................................... 93
Table LOGNODE .............................................................................................. 93
Table LOGNODEB ............................................................................................ 94
Table LOGNODELMU....................................................................................... 95
Table LOGNODETRAFFIC ............................................................................... 97
Table LOGNODETYPE ..................................................................................... 98
Table LOGPLMN............................................................................................... 98
Table LOGRNC ................................................................................................. 99
Table LOGUMTSANTENNA ............................................................................. 99
Table LOGUMTSCAR ..................................................................................... 100
Page iv

Version 5.2.1
Table LOGUMTSCELL ................................................................................... 102

Table LOGUMTSFEEDER .............................................................................. 106
Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR ............................................................................. 107
Table SRVCELLPRIOR .................................................................................. 108
Table TGBITRATE .......................................................................................... 108
Table TGCARRIER ......................................................................................... 111
Table TGCARRIERADJ .................................................................................. 112
Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS............................................................................. 113
Table TGRESTYPE ........................................................................................ 113
Table TGSERVBIT .......................................................................................... 114
Table TGSERVICE ......................................................................................... 114
Table TGSHOG............................................................................................... 116
Table TGTERMSERV ..................................................................................... 117
Table UMTSCODE.......................................................................................... 117
Table UMTSCODESCHEMA .......................................................................... 118
Chapter 7 Project Database Tables

Table ANTENNA ............................................................................................. 122
Table ATTACHMENTS ................................................................................... 123
Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA..................................................................... 124
Table BCF ....................................................................................................... 125
Table BSC....................................................................................................... 125
Table CARLAYDATA ...................................................................................... 126
Table CARRIERS............................................................................................ 127
About States in the CARRIERS Table..................................................................... 128
Table CELLAYDATA ....................................................................................... 128

Table CELLEXCEPT ....................................................................................... 131
Table CELLSITES ........................................................................................... 131
Table CIXLAT.................................................................................................. 133
Table CLDANTENNA ...................................................................................... 133
Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP ..................................................................... 134
Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERMS ................................................................ 135
Table CONTACTPERSON.............................................................................. 136
Table DISTRIBUTION ..................................................................................... 136
Table FAXNUMBER........................................................................................ 137
Table FOLDERS ............................................................................................. 138
Table GENERICNBR ...................................................................................... 138

Version 5.2.1
Page v
Table GENREPEATER ................................................................................... 139

Table GRAPH ................................................................................................. 139
Table GRAPHLIST .......................................................................................... 140
Table GSMCELL ............................................................................................. 140
Table HDRDLKPARAMS ................................................................................ 142
Table IS95CARRIER....................................................................................... 143
Table LOGIS95ANTENNA .............................................................................. 144
Table LOGIS95BS .......................................................................................... 145
Table LOGIS95BSC ........................................................................................ 146
Table LOGIS95CAR........................................................................................ 146
Table LOGIS95CLSITE................................................................................... 147
Table LOGIS95CLUSTER .............................................................................. 147
Table LOGIS95FEEDER................................................................................. 148
Table LOGIS95MSC ....................................................................................... 149
Table LOGIS95SECCAR ................................................................................ 149
Table LOGIS95SECTOR ................................................................................ 153
Table MSC ...................................................................................................... 154
Table PHONENUMBER .................................................................................. 155
Table PLMN .................................................................................................... 155
Table REPEATER ........................................................................................... 155
Table REPEATERCELL .................................................................................. 157
Table SIMTRAF .............................................................................................. 158
Table SITEADDRESS ..................................................................................... 159
Table TERMMOBSPEED................................................................................ 160
Table VECPROJECT ...................................................................................... 161
Chapter 8 ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS ..................................................................... 165
Table ACTIVECONFIG ................................................................................... 166
Table ADVDESTGT ........................................................................................ 166
Table ADVGLOBCONSTR.............................................................................. 167
Table ADVGLOBDESTGT .............................................................................. 168
Table ADVOPTIPROFILE ............................................................................... 168
Table ADVPROBCELLWGT ........................................................................... 169
Table CELLMOD ............................................................................................. 170
Table CLUTCONS .......................................................................................... 170
Table CLUTTERT ........................................................................................... 171
Page vi

Version 5.2.1
Table CLUTTHRES......................................................................................... 172

Table CONFIGPROFILE ................................................................................. 173
Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS................................................................ 173
Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS ................................................................. 174
Table CPVECTOR .......................................................................................... 175
Table DBVERSION ......................................................................................... 175
Table DESIGNTARGET .................................................................................. 176
Table DESIGNTARGETATOM........................................................................ 176
Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP ....................................................................... 177
Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP..................................................................... 178
Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS ............................................................... 178
Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS...................................................................... 179
Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT................................................................. 180
Table OPVECTOR .......................................................................................... 180
Table PEDATAINDEX ..................................................................................... 181
Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS .................................................................... 182
Table PROBAREAID....................................................................................... 182
Table PROBCELLID ....................................................................................... 183
Table SIMCONFIG .......................................................................................... 184
Table STATISTIC ............................................................................................ 185
Table STATISTICMC ...................................................................................... 186
Table THRESHOLD ........................................................................................ 187
Table THRESHOLD_PT ................................................................................. 187
Table VECTORT ............................................................................................. 188
Chapter 9 CONNECT Database Tables

Table AMPSBTSROUTE ................................................................................ 191
Table BAND .................................................................................................... 191
Table CARRIERFEED .................................................................................... 192
Table CHANNEL ............................................................................................. 193
Table CIOBJ.................................................................................................... 193
Table CIOBJENTRY ....................................................................................... 194
Table GSMBTSROUTE .................................................................................. 194
Table LINK ...................................................................................................... 194
Table LINKATTACH ........................................................................................ 198
Table LINKENDANTENNA ............................................................................. 198
Table LINKENDFEED ..................................................................................... 199
Version 5.2.1
Page vii
Table LINKTEMPRANGE ............................................................................... 200

Table LINKTERMEQUIP ................................................................................. 200
Table LINKTYPE ............................................................................................. 201
Table LINKUDH .............................................................................................. 202
LINKUDPROF ................................................................................................. 202
Table MWANTENNATYPE ............................................................................. 203
Table MWMASK.............................................................................................. 204
Table PMPCARRIER ...................................................................................... 205
Table PMPHUB ............................................................................................... 208
Table PMPHUBLINKEND ............................................................................... 209
Table PMPSECTOR ....................................................................................... 210
Table PRLINKEND.......................................................................................... 211
Table PRLLINK ............................................................................................... 211
Table PRLREF ................................................................................................ 212
Table PTPLINKEND........................................................................................ 212
Table RADIOEQUIP........................................................................................ 216
Table RADIOMASK......................................................................................... 219
Table REFLECTOR ........................................................................................ 219
Table SECTORANTENNA .............................................................................. 220
Table SPLITTER ............................................................................................. 221
Table SPURLINK ............................................................................................ 222
Table SPURREF ............................................................................................. 222
Chapter 10 About Difference Tables

Permissions in Difference Tables.................................................................... 224
Index
Page viii

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 1
About this Manual

This Reference Guide describes the database tables in the ENTERPRISE database for
version 5.2.1, based on Build 13.
In This Section
Overview of Database Table Definitions
Obtaining User Assistance
1
2
Overview of Database Table Definitions

The tables in the core database are divided into two distinct groups:
The master tables which store data available to all users
The difference tables which store information relating to user-specific changes
This chapter gives reference information on the separate database tables available in
the core database.
Important : Information about the DIRECT database is proprietary. For any queries you
may have, please contact Product Support.
Primary and Foreign Keys

The primary key is a column, or set of columns, whose values uniquely identify every
row in a table.
A foreign key is one or more columns within a table whose values are based on those
of the primary key from another table. The foreign key relates the information from
another table (the foreign table) to information in the current (referenced or primary)
table.
If a foreign key is allowed to have a NULL value, it is said to be optional.
A foreign key that is not optional is called mandatory. Most foreign and primary keys
are mandatory.
Note : Projectno is always part of the foreign key, so is not indicated as such
throughout the database tables.

Version 5.2.1
Page 1
About Permissions
Tables in the database for BSCs, MSCs, distribution nodes, Properties, repeaters and
cell sites have a Permissions field. This contains a three digit code that grants the
read/write privileges to the relational database as follows:
The first digit of the code is specific to the user
The second digit relates to that user's default group
The third digit relates to all available users in that project
Each digit extends from 0 to 2 inclusive, with 0 or 1 providing Read privileges and 2
representing all permissions, that is Read and Write.
You set user permissions in Administrator, either when you first create a user or by
changing the properties of an existing user. For information on how to do this, see the
Installation and Administration Guide.
Obtaining User Assistance

Using Online Help
ENTERPRISE products come with a complete system of online Help which you can
access in three ways:
From the Help menu, click Help Contents. Scroll through the table of contents and
choose a relevant topic to display.
To search for something particular, from the Help menu, click Help Contents and
using the Index tab or Find tab, type in a letter or word to start searching for
relevant topics.
Press F1 in a dialog box to view context-sensitive help (available for most dialog
boxes).
Using ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides

If you prefer to read User Reference Guides, we also provide these. To view or print
these as PDFs (Adobe Acrobat portable document format):
1
Make sure you have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. If you do not
have this, you can install it from the ENTERPRISE CD, or get it from the Adobe
website.
Note : Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
Page 2
Navigate to the Docs folder in the location where you installed the product.
If this folder does not exist or is empty, modify your ENTERPRISE installation
now and choose to install them. To do this:
From the Control Panel, double-click Add/Remove Programs.
In the list of items, choose the correct version of ENTERPRISE and click the
Change/Remove button.
Version 5.2.1
When prompted, select Modify then click Next twice until you are on the
Select Components page of the installation wizard.
Ensure that the documentation you require is selected.
When installed, in the Docs folder, double-click the PDF file that you want to
open.
Please always check the back of the manuals for any addenda or errata.
Tip : You can also download the latest User Reference Guides from our website.
Checking Release Notes
Each release of the ENTERPRISE software is accompanied by Release Notes, giving
important information on system requirements, installation, known issues, upgrades
and so on. These notes are included in the ENTERPRISE CD, or you can download
them from our website.
For any further documentation, such as application notes and extra reference
information, please email the support team at the address described in Obtaining
Support on page 4.
About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides

This table describes our range of User Reference Guides:
This Guide
Contains Information On
What's New
The main difference between the latest versions of the ENTERPRISE

suite.
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration Guide
Installing and configuring ENTERPRISE, your network, and Oracle

databases. Using Administrator to create users and groups, and set
permissions.
Also contains information on software licensing.
ENTERPRISE User Reference
Functionality that is common to more than one of the products in the

ENTERPRISE suite, including how to access, view, edit and store data.
Also contains reference information about file formats.
ENTERPRISE Database Reference
The relationships between tables in the database and the contents of each
table.
ADVANTAGE User Reference
Using ADVANTAGE to plan and optimise networks automatically, consider

measured data in analysis/optimisation, analyse network performance,
identify problematic areas/cells, and more.
ARRAYWIZARD User Reference
Using ARRAYWIZARD to automatically generate coverage predictions and

best server arrays, which gives you instantaneous display of coverage and
interference information for pre-selected filters when loaded into
ASSET3G.
ASSET3G User Reference
Using ASSET3G, the network planning and analysis tool, to design a range
of 2g and 3g networks.
Includes information on hierarchical network planning, propagation
modelling, service and bearer definition, coverage analysis, traffic planning,
neighbour planning, frequency planning, CW data analysis, detailed
reporting, analysis arrays and simulation of network performance.
ASSET3G Technical Reference

Version 5.2.1
A separate technical reference for ASSET3G, which contains a list of array

descriptions and information on many of the algorithms used.
Page 3
This Guide
Contains Information On
CONNECT User Reference
Using CONNECT, the network transmission and microwave link planning

software for full network physical link design and logical link design.
Also contains CONNECT-specific reference information.
DATASAFE User Reference
Using DATASAFE, our network configuration tool to implement both small

and large scale changes to networks
DIRECT User Reference
Using DIRECT to design telecommunications networks of different network

layers. Explains how to plan cellular, PSTN and data networks at a both
general and strategic level.
Also contains DIRECT-specific reference information.
NEPTUNE User Reference
Using NEPTUNE to collect, import and analyse testmobile data and using
the optional module, PROBE for additional analysis.
Also contains reference information on NEPTUNE file formats.
OPTIMA User Reference
Using OPTIMA to view performance data and statistics both with

ENTERPRISE and standalone using OPTIMA Lite.
RANOPT User Reference
Using RANOPT to efficiently find faults in your network, optimise and

validate its performance prior to commercial launch.
TARGET User Reference
Using TARGET as an administrator to design forms, Gantt charts and

reports. Using TARGET to view and edit information about your network
and its roll out.
Also contains TARGET reference information.
WEBWIZARD User Reference
Using WEBWIZARD to display GIS and report information of network data,

including creating layers, regions, nodes, layer types, administering and
configuring the system and using the GIS view, explorer and report
viewers.
Can You Improve Our User Assistance?

We are always trying to improve the online Help and User Reference Guides. If you
cannot find the Help you were looking for, need more information, or have any
suggestions for improvements, we would be grateful for your feedback.
Online Questionnaire
You can help us by completing our brief online questionnaire
(http://tinyurl.com/kdg6e).
Alternatively, you can contact us directly at docs@aircominternational.com.
Obtaining Support
If you have a difficulty you cannot resolve yourself using the online Help or
Reference Guides, or you have found a possible fault in the software, you can log a
support request as described below. You may also wish to contact us if you want to:
Page 4
Register for a customer web account to access the Support area
Obtain further documentation, such as application notes and extra reference

information

Version 5.2.1
Logging Support Requests Online

To log a support request online:
1
Go to the AIRCOM website, at www.aircominternational.com.
Click the link to Support.
Log in, using your customer web account username and password.
In the Technical Support pane, click Online Helpdesk System.
Click Log New.
Enter the details of your request, and then click Log.
Contacting us via Telephone or Email

If you wish to contact us directly, here are the contact details of our regional offices:
Location
Regional Office
Contact Details
Europe
United Kingdom
Tel : +44 (0) 1932 442345

Fax :+44 (0) 1932 442005
support@aircominternational.com
Middle East, Africa and Central Asia
Sweden
support@aircominternational.se
France
support@aircominternational.fr
Italy
support@aircominternational.it
Germany
support@aircominternational.de
Belgium
support@aircominternational.be
United Arab Emirates
Tel : +971 4 391 2642

Fax :+971 4 391 8660
support@aircominternational.ae
South Africa
Tel : +27 11 3243600

Fax : +27 11 7848027
support@aircominternational.com
Americas
Mexico
support@aircominternational.com.mx
USA
Tel : +1 866 207 8083

Fax : +1 214 360 7241
support@aircominternational.us
Brazil
Tel : +55 12 3941-2199

Fax : +55 12 3911-3727
support@aircominternational.com.br
Asia and Oceania

Version 5.2.1
Australia
support@aircominternational.com.au
Singapore
support@aircominternational.sg
China
support@aircominternational.cn
Taiwan
support@aircominternational.com.tw
India
support@aircominternational.in
Page 5
When contacting us with a support query, it would help us if you:
Give us as much information as possible about the problem and the context in
which it occurred
State the version and build you are using
Have all the details of your query to hand
Are logged into the ENTERPRISE application
Can send extracts of your data sets if we need them to reproduce your problem
Obtaining Further Information and Services

As well as comprehensive online Help and User Reference Guides and dedicated
Product Support, AIRCOM additionally provides:
Online Knowledgebase of Articles
If you register for a customer web account, you can view our searchable technical
database in the Product Support section of the AIRCOM website. This
Knowledgebase contains articles created by our support professionals who have
resolved issues for our customers, and is constantly updated, expanded, and refined
to ensure that you have access to the very latest information.
Power Tools
If you register for a customer web account, you can download from a selection of
useful power tools, such as file conversion utilities.
Latest Copies of the User Reference Guides
If you register for a customer web account, you can download the latest User
Reference Guides PDFs from our website. If you do this, please check the back of the
User Reference Guides for any additions or corrections.
Consultancy Services
AIRCOM also provide full radio consultancy services in Network Audits, Business
Planning Support, Licence Applications, Radio Network Planning,
Telecommunications Research and System Modelling and Propagation Analysis and
Modelling.
Training
There is a wide variety of courses run by AIRCOM. These courses range from tool
training to technology training. For details, contact Competence Development
Solutions (training@aircominternational.com).
Page 6

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 2
Database Table
Relationships
This chapter shows the relationships between tables found in ENTERPRISE, described
in the following diagrams.
The direction of the arrows describes the way the tables are referenced.
In This Section
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1)
Equipment Database Table Relationships
Internal Database Table Relationships
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (1)
Project Database Table Relationships (1)
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1)

Version 5.2.1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Page 7

This diagram shows relationships between the environment set-up database tables:
Environment Set-up Database Tables
Page 8

Version 5.2.1


Version 5.2.1
Page 9

Page 10

Version 5.2.1


Version 5.2.1
Page 11

Page 12

Version 5.2.1
Equipment Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows the relationships between the equipment database tables:
Equipment Database Tables

Version 5.2.1
Page 13
Internal Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows the relationships between the internal database tables:
Internal Database Tables
Page 14

Version 5.2.1

This diagram shows the relationships between the logical network database tables:
Logical Network Database Tables

Version 5.2.1
Page 15

This diagram shows the relationships between the logical network database tables:
Logical Network Database Table Relationships
Page 16

Version 5.2.1

This diagram shows relationships between the project database tables:
Project Database Tables

Version 5.2.1
Page 17

Page 18

Version 5.2.1


Version 5.2.1
Page 19

Page 20

Version 5.2.1

Project database tables

Version 5.2.1
Page 21
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows the relationships between the ADVANTAGE database tables:
ADVANTAGE Database Tables
Page 22

Version 5.2.1

This diagram shows relationships between the CONNECT database tables:
CONNECT Database Tables

Version 5.2.1
Page 23

This diagram shows relationships between the CONNECT database tables:
Page 24

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 3
Environment Set-Up
Database Tables
The following table describes the environment set-up database tables:
This Table
Stores Information On
Primary Keys
ACTIVEATTRIB
The active attributes used in userdefined filters.
activeattributekey FK1 - filterkey

pickedobjectkey
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
FK2 - rulekey
projectno
ACTIVEELEMENTS
The active elements used in userdefined filters.
elementtypekey
FK1 - filterkey
filterkey
FK2 - rulekey
YES
projectno
rulekey
ACTIVEFLAGS
The active fields used in user-defined

filters.
filterkey
FK1 - filterkey
flaggroupkey
FK2 - flaggroupkey
flagkey
FK3 - rulekey
YES
projectno
rulekey
ACTIVEOBJECTS
The active objects used in user-defined

filters.
FK1 - filterkey
YES
featid
FK1 - filterkey
YES
filterkey
FK2 - rulekey
elementtypekey
filterkey
objectkey
projectno
ACTIVEPOLYGONS
The active polygons used in userdefined filters.
guidfield
polygonkey
projectno
rulekey
AICAR
ATTRIBUTETYPES

Version 5.2.1
The available carriers defined in the

Carrier Layers dialog box.
carriernumber
NO
projectno
The attribute types used in user-defined attributetypekey

filters.
NO
Page 25
This Table
Primary Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
CARLAY
The carrier layers defined in the Carrier

Layers dialog box.
carlaykey
FK1 - freqbandkey
YES
The carriers associated with each

carrier layer defined in the Carrier
Layers dialog box.
carlaykey
FK1 carriernumber
YES
CARLAYAICAR
projectno
carriernumber
projectno
CELLAY
CELLAYCARLAY
YES
The cell layers defined in the Cell

Layers dialog box.
cellaykey
The relationship between the carrier

layers and cell layers.
carlaykey
FK1 - carlaykey
cellaykey
FK2 - cellaykey
projectno
YES
projectno
COORDSYS
The datums, groups, units and coordinate systems used in the map
projections.
COORDSYSDATA
The BLOB record, containing the entire

co-ordinate system file.
NO
COVCLASS
The coverage classes defined in the

covclasskey
Cell Layer dialog box. These apply
projectno
globally to the system, and store the
name and colour of each of the classes.
NO
COVSCHEMA
The user and system coverage

schemas created.
NO
projectno
NO
covshemakey
projectno
COVTHRESH
The thresholds for each coverage class. covthreshkey

There are arranged on each cell layer
projectno
for different achieved coverages.
NO
ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA
The active connections to the database. sessionid
NO
usrkey
ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA
Events in projects.
NO
ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG
Errors/exception that are logged.
NO
FILTERS
The names, types and attributes of

filters defined in projects.
filterkey
The field groups available for different

element types.
elementtypekey
FLAGASSOCIATIONS
YES
projectno
FK1 - flaggroupkey
NO
flaggroupkey
projectno
FLAGGROUPS
FLAGS
The available field groups, defined in

the Field Editor dialog box.
NO
flaggroupkey
projectno
FK1 - flaggroupkey
NO
elementtypekey
FK1 - flaggroupkey
YES
flaggroupkey
FK2 - flaggroupkey
+ flagkey
The available fields, defined in the Field flaggroupkey

Editor dialog box.
flagkey
projectno
FLAGVALUES
The field settings of each object.
objectkey
projectno
Page 26

Version 5.2.1
This Table
Primary Keys
FREQBAND
The frequency bands used in the

project.
freqbandkey
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
NO
projectno
FREQCARRIERCONV
The conversion formulas used to extract freqbandkey

FK1 - freqbandkey
the uplink and downlink frequencies
freqconversionkey
from the appropriate ARFCNs. A
frequency band can use different
projectno
conversion formulas for different ranges
of carriers.
NO
FREQUENCYDIV
The frequency diversity hopping gain

values.
freqhopcars
NO
The candidate details for Properties.
addressfk
GRIDCANDIDATES
projectno
FK1 - addressfk
YES
candidatepk
projectno
GRIDCONFIG
GRIDCONFIGCELLS
The grid settings, including the

measurement units.
configpk
The grid settings for the cells.
configcellpk
YES
projectno
FK1 - configfk
YES
configfk
projectno
GROUPCARRIER
HEXAGONGRIDS
HSDPARATE
The carriers associated with a

frequency reuse group in a particular
pattern, defined in the Group dialog
box.
carriernumber
The available hexagon radii defined in

the Hexagon Radii dialog box.
gridkey
HSDPA coding rates.
hsdparatekey
YES
groupkey
projectno
YES
projectno
NO
projectno
INTF
Not used.
NO
intfkey
projectno
INTFWEIGHTS
Not used.
NO
intfkey
intflevel
projectno
LOGICALOPS
LOGUMTSCELLRATE
The logical operators used in the userdefined filters.
logicalopkey
FK1 - filterkey
YES
Associations between UMTS cells and

HSDPA rates.
hsdparatefk
FK1 - hsdparatefk
YES
logumtscellfk
FK2 - logumtscellfk
projectno
projectno
MAPNAMES
Channel to transceiver maps defined in

the Channel Maps dialog box.
NO
mapkey
projectno
MAPVALUES
The way in which channels are

projectno
organised on the carriers in the Channel
Maps dialog box.
FK1 - mapkey
NO
PATTERN
The frequency reuse structure, defined

in the Groups dialog box.
FK1 carrierlayerkey
YES

Version 5.2.1
patternkey
projectno
Page 27
This Table
PATTERNGROUP
PROPCLUTTER
PROPMODEL
RULES
Primary Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
The allocation of carriers to the various groupkey

frequency groups in a particular pattern,
patternkey
defined in the Groups dialog box.
projectno
FK1 - patternkey
YES
The clutter entries and settings

associated with each of the models
defined in the Propagation Model
Editor.
clutterval
FK1 - modelkey
YES
The propagation models and their

settings created in each project.
modelkey
The rules used in user-defined filters.
projectno
FK1 - filterkey
rulekey
FK2 - logicalopkey
modelkey
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
RULETYPES
The rule types used in user-defined

filters.
ruletypekey
NO
SCHEMAMANAGERS
The schema managers.
classid
NO
SCRIPTEVENTS
The events stored in database scripts.
lognodetypekey
projectnumber
FK1 lognodetypekey
NO
FK2 - scriptkey
scriptkey
SCRIPTSTORAGE
The database scripts.
scriptkey
NO
TERMRATE
Associations between terminal types

and HSDPA rates.
hsdparatefk
FK1 - hsdparatefk
projectno
FK2 - termtypefk
YES
termtypefk
The relationship between the cell layers cellaykey
and terminal types, defined in the
projectno
Terminal Types dialog box.
termtypekey
FK1 - termtypekey
TERMTYCLUTTER
The amount of traffic and weightings for code

the clutter classes defined in the
projectno
Terminal Types dialog box.
termtypekey
FK1 - termtypekey
TERMTYPE
The available terminal types.
TERMTYCELLAY
YES
FK2 - cellaykey
projectno
YES
YES
termtypekey
TERMTPOLYGON
The amount of traffic spread in the

code
projects' polygons. The traffic can be
spread by using a weighting value or an featid
Erlang value.
guidfield
FK1 - termtypekey
YES
FK1 - termtypekey
YES
projectno
termtypekey
TERMTYVECTOR
The amount of traffic spread along the code

projects' vectors. The traffic can be
spread by using a weighting value or an featid
Erlang value.
guidfield
projectno
termtypekey
TIMESLOTMAP
Page 28
The timeslot maps defined for links in

the Link Database.
projectno
NO
timeslotmapkey

Version 5.2.1
This Table
Primary Keys
VECATTR
Vector attributes and segments.
attrid
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
NO
segid
vecid
VECBOUNDS
The vectors in the project.
vecid
NO
VECFILE
The location of the vector file.
filename
NO
vecid
Table ACTIVEATTRIB
This table shows the column list:
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
activeattributekey
number
Not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each active attribute in

the database.
attributenum
number
Not null
Indicates the type of active attribute. A unique number will be

stored for each parameter in the Site Database.
bool
number
Indicates whether the active attribute is boolean (1) or not (0).
carlayerid
varchar2(128)
Identifies the carrier layer.
cellayerid
varchar2(128)
Identifies the cell layer.
elementtypekey
number
Stores a unique number for each element type in the database.
filterkey
number
Not null
Stores a unique number for each filter in the database.
modifyuser
number
Not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to the
table.
numberA
float
If the active attribute is a number (or a range), this field is the

number 1 on the Rules Definition page of the Filter Wizard.
numberB
float
If the active attribute is a range, this field is number 2 on the Rules

Definition page of the Filter Wizard.
objectkey
number
If a list is being used for the active attribute, identifies each object in
the list.
pickedobjectkey
number
Not null
Primary key, storing a number each picked object if a pick-list is

being used for the active attribute.
projectno
number
Not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
rulekey
number
Not null
Stores a number for each rule in the database.
string
varchar2(255)
If the active attribute is a string, contains the string value.
Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

Version 5.2.1
Page 29
Table ACTIVEELEMENTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
number
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each element type in a

database.
filterkey
number
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each filter in the

database.
modifyuser
number
Not null
table.
projectno
number
Not null

database.
rulekey
number
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.
Foreign Keys:
Table ACTIVEFLAGS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
filterkey
number
Not null

database.
flaggroupkey
number
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each field group in the
database.
flagkey
number
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each field in the

database.
modifyuser
number
Not null
table.
number1
float
Contains the minimum field value.
number2
float
Contains the maximum field value.
projectno
number
Not null

database.
rulekey
number
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.
string
varchar2 (32)
If the active field is a string, stores the string value.
Foreign Keys:
Page 30
FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table

Version 5.2.1
Table ACTIVEOBJECTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
number
not null
Primary key that stores a unique number for each element type in
the database.
filterkey
number
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each filter in the database.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
objectkey
number
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each object defined in the
database.
projectno
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a database.
Foreign Keys:
Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
featid
number
not null
Primary key, used in conjunction with the guidfield to describe

the polygon.
filterkey
number
not null

database.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null
Primary key, used in conjunction with the featid to describe the

polygon.
modifyuser
number
not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
polygonkey
number
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each polygon in the

database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
rulekey
number
not null
Primary key that stores a number for each rule in the database.
Foreign Keys:

Version 5.2.1
Page 31
Table AICAR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carriernumber
number
not null
Primary key that stores the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel

Number (ARFCN) available to the project.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table ATTRIBUTETYPES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attributetypekey
number
not null
Primary key used to identify attribute types in the database.
attributetypeid
varchar2(32)
not null
Identifies the attribute type.
Table CARLAY
Name
DataType
abbreviation
varchar2(32)
carlaykey
number
colourcode
number
Constraint
Description
Stores an abbreviation for each carrier layer.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer in the
Carriers dialog box.
Indicates whether SAT(0), DCC (1) or DVCC (2) is used on the
carrier layers.
Note : Available in AMPS/TDMA networks only.
Page 32
createdate
date
The date when the object was created.
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.The

number is based on the order users were created in.
freqbandkey
number
Indicates the particular frequency band associated with each carrier

layer.
Idname
varchar2(32)
Lists the names of all carrier layers.
maxcarriers
number
The maximum number of carriers associated with each carrier

layer.
modifydate
date
The date when the object was last modified.
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
type
number
Indicates the state of the carrier layer data - either traffic layer (0),
control layer (1) or MA list (2).
usereusepattern
number
Indicates whether to reuse a pattern (1) or not (0).
not null
table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 2.
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user
who created the object.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table
Table CARLAYAICAR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
number
not null
carriernumber
number
not null
Primary key, storing the carrier numbers allocated to each carrier

layer created.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carriernumber) references the AICAR table
Table CELLAY
Name
DataType
caoffset
float
Stores the C/A offset value.
ccmap
number
Stores a number indicating the channel to carrier map chosen for

use with the particular cell layers created or presented.
cellaykey
number
createdate
date
createuser
number

idname
varchar2(32)
Lists the names of all cell layers.
iweight
number
Indicates which interference weights table is used with each cell

layer.
meanci
float
Stores the mean C/I value.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
network
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer in the
database.
table.
Indicates the technology that this cell uses, GSM(1), AMPS (2) or
TETRA (3). This is defined on the Technology tab of the
Preferences dialog box.
Page 33
Name
DataType
permission
number
Constraint
priority
number
Describes the order in which traffic should be serviced by the cell

layers, with 1 being the highest priority.
projectno
number
superlayer
number
Indicates whether the cell layer is a superlayer (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number
not null
Description

database.
Table CELLAYCARLAY
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
number
not null
cellaykey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
priority
number
Specifies the order in which the carrier layers should be appear

on the cell layers in the Site Database.
0 is the highest priority, then 1 and so on.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carlaykey) references the CARLAY table
FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table
Table COORDSYS
Page 34
Name
DataType
mapcoordsyskey
varchar2(64)
Constraint
Stores a unique number for each map co-ordinate system in the

database.
mapdatumkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map datum in the database.
mapgroupkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map group in the database.
mapunitkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map unit in the database.
projectno
number
viscoordsyskey
varchar2(64)
not null
Description

database.
Stores a unique number for each co-ordinate system in the
database (used for visualisation).

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
visdatumkey
varchar2(64)
Constraint
Stores a unique number for each datum in the database (used for
visualisation).
Description
visgroupkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each group in the database (used for
visualisation).
visunitkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each unit in the database (used for
visualisation).
Table COORDSYSDATA
Name
DataType
filedata
blob
Constraint
Description
The BLOB record contains the entire co-ordinate system database
file, and is used by the co-ordinate conversion algorithms in the
software.
Table COVCLASS
Name
DataType
colour
number
Constraint
Description
Associates a palette colour with each coverage class defined in the
Cell Layers dialog box.
The number refers to the colour's palette position.
covclasskey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage class in

the Cell Layers dialog box.
covschemakey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each coverage schema in a project.
dataset
number
modifyuser
number
name
varchar2(128)
projectno
number
NOT USED.
not null
table.
Stores the name of each coverage class defined in the Cell Layers
dialog box.
not null

database.
Table COVSCHEMA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
covschemakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage schema

in a project.
createuser
number
not null

idname
varchar2(32)
projectno
number

Version 5.2.1
Stores the name of each coverage schema.

not null

database.
Page 35
Table COVTHRESH
Name
DataType
celllayerkey
number
Constraint
Associates each threshold with a cell layer.
covclasskey
number
Associate each coverage class with a threshold.
covthreshkey
number
dataset
number
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
threshold
float (64)
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage

threshold in the database.
NOT USED.
Stores all threshold values (in dBm)
Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA
Page 36
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
authtype
varchar(32)
Indicates whether the user is externally authenticated or password

authenticated when connecting to the database.
childusrkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the user with the particular

user that they are impersonating.
datetime
date
not null
The date and time the user is connected to the database for the
current project.
hostname
varchar2(255)
not null
The host name for the connected client.
ip_address
varchar2(32)
isdba
varchar2(32)
locked
number
Indicates whether the user has locked the project to prevent other
users (1) or not (0).
modetype
varchar2(50)
Stores a temporary representation of usrkey.
os_user
varchar2(255)
The OS username of the user.
pid
number
projectno
number
rw
number
not null
Indicates if the project is read-only (0) or writable (1).
sessionid
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique identity for the client session.
sharedno
number
starttime
date
not null
The start time when the user connected to the database.
userid
varchar2(32)
not null
The identifier of the user connected to the database.
usrkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in the

database.
The IP address of the user's machine.

not null
not null
Indicates whether the user is a DBA user or not.
Stores a unique number for the process connected to the database.

Stores the number of the project to which the user is connected.
The number of the sub-project that the user is logged into.

Version 5.2.1
Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
eventpk
varchar(20)
not null
Stores a unique number for each event in a database.
eventtime
date
The date and time the event occurred.
eventtype
number
Stores the type of event that occurred - a commit (0), a refresh (1)
or a deletion (2).
object2fk
number
Secondary number associated with an additional referenced

object.
objectfk
number
Number associated with the referenced object.
objectid
varchar2(32)
Stores the identifier of the object the event belongs to.
objecttype2fk
number
Secondary number associated with an additional type of

referenced object.
objecttypefk
number
Number associated with the referenced object type.
projectno
number
Stores a unique number for each project in the database.
sharedno
number
The sub-project number.
usrkey
number
Stores a unique number for each user in the database
Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG
Name
DataType
exinfo
varchar2(2000)
Stores a description of the error.
extime
date
The time and date when the error/exception occurred.
extype
number
Indicates the type of error.
funcdata
xmltype
Additional information on the package that raised the

exception.
funcparams
varchar2(2000)
Parameter details of the call to the function that caused the

error.
oracode
number
The Oracle ORA error code.
oradesc
varchar2(512)
The Oracle error description.
projectno
number
sourcefunction
varchar2(32)
The name of function that raised the error.
sourcepackage
varchar2(32)
The name of the package that raised the error.
userkey
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object.The number is based on the order users were created
in.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 37
Table FILTERS
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number
enddate
date
filterid
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores a number to identify each filter.
filterkey
number
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each filter defined in the

database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
parentkey
number
permission
number
not null
projectno
number
not null

database.
startdate
date
type
number
not null
Indicates whether the filter is static (0) or dynamic (1).
usergroup
number
not null

not null

The filter's end date.

not null
table.
Identifies the parent folder for the filter.
The filter's start date.
Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each element type in the
database.
flaggroupkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group in the
database.
indx
number
not null
NOT USED.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 38

Version 5.2.1
Table FLAGGROUPS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
fieldtype
number
not null
Indicates the data type for each field in the table - Boolean (0), Float
(1), Integer (2), Picklist (3), String (4).
flaggroupid
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the name of the field group.
flaggroupkey
number
not null
database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table FLAGS
The FLAGS table stores each field group and its respective fields. Each row represents
one field group and has a unique name indicative of the order in which they were
added, starting at 0, followed by 1, 2, and so on. In each group you can create 50 fields
identified with a two-digit code (00, 01, 02, 49). Again, these codes are indicative of
the order in which they were added.
The columns in the FLAGS table are as follows:
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
flaggroupkey
number
not null
database.
flagid
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores a unique identifier for each field.
flagkey
number
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each flag group within the
project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new one
added.
indx
number
not null
Stores a number for each fields in their order of creation.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + flagroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table
About Fields
Fields are associated with sites and links. The table:
FLAGGROUPS, stores object parameter names, for example UMTS Cell Ids, for
which the fields can be associated.
FLAGASSOCIATIONS, stores values indicating for which elements the field

groups are available.
FLAGVALUES, stores the individual data for the fields.

Version 5.2.1
Page 39
Table FLAGVALUES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each element type in the
database.
flaggroupkey
number
not null
database.
flagkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each flag group within the project,
starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new one added.
floatfielddata
float
If the field value is expressed as a float, stores the float value.
intfielddata
number
If the field value is expressed as an integer, stores the integer value.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
objectkey
number
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each object defined in the
database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
stringfielddata
varchar2 (32)
If the field value is expressed as a string, stores the string value.
Foreign keys:
FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey + flagkey) references the FLAGS table
Table FREQBAND
Page 40
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqbandkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency band in

the database.
name
varchar2(32)
Stores the name of each frequency band in the database.
networktype
number
Indicates the type of network used, defined in the Preferences

dialog box. This can be GSM (1), AMPS (2) or TETRA (3).
projectno
number
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Table FREQCARRIERCONV
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqbandkey
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the particular frequency band associated

with each carrier conversion formula.
freqconversionkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier conversion

formula in the database.
name
varchar2(32)
projectno
number
rangex
number
Stores the first ARFCN number in the carrier range.
rangey
number
Stores the last ARFCN number in the carrier range.
separation
float
Stores the separation value between the uplink and downlink

frequencies.
variablea
float
Stores the starting frequency for the conversion formulas.
variableb
float
Stores the frequency separation between adjacent frequencies

(for example, between two adjacent uplink frequencies).
Stores the name of each conversion formula in the database.

not null

database.
Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table
Table FREQUENCYDIV
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqhopcars
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency

hopping carrier.
gain
float
projectno
number

Version 5.2.1
Stores the frequency diversity gain in dB.

not null

database.
Page 41
Table GRIDCANDIDATES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
addressfk
number
not null
Primary key, storing the ID of the nominal Property that

contains the candidate.
candaddressfk
number
candidatepk
number
createdate
date
createuser
number

object.The number is based on the order users were
created in.
idname
varchar2 (32)
latitude
float
Location of the candidate Property stored as Easting.
longitude
float
Location of the candidate Property stored as Northing.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign key which stores the ID of the candidate Property.

not null
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each candidate

Property in the database.
NOT USED.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + addressfk) references the SITEADDRESS table
Table GRIDCONFIG
Page 42
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configpk
number
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each grid

configuration.
createdate
date
createuser
number

idname
varchar2 (32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
objectfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying each object in the

configuration.
objecttypefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the type of each object in

the configuration.
projectno
number
not null

database.
not null
NOT USED.

Version 5.2.1
Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellfk
number
not null
Cell key for GSM or UMTS
configcellpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell in a

configuration.
configfk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the cell with a

particular configuration.
createdate
date
createuser
number

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
objectfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the parent object.
objectypefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the parent object type.
projectno
number
not null

database.
subcellfk
number
not null
Stores the cell layer (GSM only).
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + configfk) references the GRIDCONFIG table
Table GROUPCARRIER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carriernumber
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the carriers associated with each group

within a frequency re-use pattern.
groupkey
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the frequency re-use pattern associated

with a carrier group.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Page 43
Table HEXAGONGRIDS
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
number

gridkey
number
idname
varchar2(32)
Stores the name of each mid-hexagon radii in the database.
latitude
float
The latitude co-ordinates of the site.
longitude
float
The longitude co-ordinates of the site.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
radius
number
Stores the mid hexagon radius, defined in the Hexagon Radii

dialog box.
split
number
Indicates the method for calculating the hexagon radii, either

corner (1) or face ( 0).
style
number
NOT USED.
usergroup
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mid hexagon radii
in the database.

the table.
not null

database.
Table HSDPARATE
Page 44
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
number

in.
hsdparatekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each HSDPA

coding rate in the database.
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the HSDPA coding rate, defined in the HSDPA

Coding Rates dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
modulation
number
not null
Description
Indicates the type of modulation used, either QPSK (0) or

16QAM (1).

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
permission
number
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
rate
float
not null
The effective data rate of the HSDPA coding rate (for

example, 0.5 or 0.25), defined in the HSDPA Coding Rates
dialog box.
usergroup
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more

Table INTF
Name
DataType
Constraint
caoffset
number
NOT USED.
idname
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
intfkey
number
numweights
number
projectno
number
startvalue
number
not null
Description
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
not null
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
Table INTFWEIGHTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
intfkey
number
not null
NOT USED.
intflevel
number
not null
NOT USED.
projectno
number
not null
NOT USED.
weights
number
NOT USED.
Table LOGICALOPS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
filterkey
number
not null
logicalopkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical operator in

the database.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
nodeid
varchar2(64)
not null
Stores the ID code for each node.
parentlogicalopkey
number

Version 5.2.1
Stores a unique number for the parent for the logical operator.
Page 45
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
sortorder
number
treelevel
number
not null
Indicates the logical operator's position in the tree structure, from

top-most tree level (0) downwards.
type
number
not null
Indicates the type of logical operator used, AND (1), OR (2) or

none (0).
Defines the order in which the sibling nodes in the rule tree are
displayed and processed.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGUMTSCELLRATE
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
number

in.
hsdparatefk
number
idname
varchar2(32)
logumtscellfk
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

to the table.
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description
Primary key storing a unique number associating a particular

HSDPA rate with a logical UMTS cell.
The name of the UMTS cell.
not null
not null
Primary key storing a unique number associating a particular

logical UMTS cell with a HSDPA rate.

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 46
FK1(hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
FK2 (logumtscellfk + projectno) references the LOGUMTSCELL table

Version 5.2.1
Table MAPNAMES
Name
DataType
defaultno
number
Constraint
Description
Stores the default number of channels on each carrier for every
map definition.
gsm
number
Indicates whether the Channel to Carrier map uses dedicated

GPRS channels(1) or not (0).
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the name of each Channel to Carrier map, defined in the

Channel Maps dialog box.
mapkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Channel to

Carrier map in the database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table MAPVALUES
Name
DataType
carrier
number
Constraint
Description
For each Nth channel in the map, the database stores the number of
available traffic and control timeslots. This field refers to which Nth
the data is for - for example, a value of 5 would indicate the 5th
channel, a 7 the 7th channel and so on.
mapkey
number
Stores a unique number for each channel to transceiver map in the

database.
maxchannels
number
The Total Number of Channels, which is the maximum number that

can be used on each carrier.
num_cs
number
The number of circuit switched channels. This is the total number of

channels minus the total channels used for the four options described
in the next four rows.
num_ctrl
number
The number of shared control channels, defined in the Map Editor

dialog box.
num_gprs
number
The number of GPRS channels, defined in the Map Editor dialog box.
num_gprsctrl
number
The number of GPRS control channels. defined in the Map Editor

dialog box.
num_hscsd_limit
number
The maximum number of channels for HSCSD, defined in the Map

Editor dialog box.
projectno
number
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + mapkey) references the MAPNAMES table

Version 5.2.1
Page 47
Table PATTERN
Name
DataType
afrequency
number
Constraint
Description
The number of sites in a frequency re-use group.
bfrequency
number
The number of cells in a frequency re-use group.
carrierlayerkey
number
Stores a unique number for each carrier layer.
createdate
date
createuser
number

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
patternkey
number
not null
Primary key, stores a unique number for each pattern in the

database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carrierlayerkey) references the CARLAY table
Table PATTERNGROUP
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
groupkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency re-use

group defined in the Groups dialog box.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
patternkey
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the group carriers associated with each

pattern in the database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 48
FK1 (projectno + patternkey) references the PATTERN table

Version 5.2.1
Table PROPCLUTTER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
clutterval
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each clutter category.
data1
float
Additional floating-point field per clutter type.
data10
float
Additional floating-point field per clutter type.
height
float
Stores the height values (in m) for the clutter categories defined in
the Propagation Models dialog box.
mobileht
float
Stores the mobile height values (in m) for the clutter categories
defined in the Propagation Models dialog box.
modelkey
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the propagation model(s) associated with

each clutter category.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
offset
float
projectno
number
separation
float
(and so on up to )
Stores the Offset (in dB) values for the clutter categories defined
in the Propagation Models dialog box.
not null

database.
Stores the separation values (in m) for the clutter categories
defined in the Propagation Models dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + modelkey) references the PROPMODEL table
Table PROPMODEL
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number

diffnalg
number
Indicates which algorithm has been chosen for the propagation

model - Epstein Peterson (0), Bullington (1), Deygout (2) or
Japanese Atlas (3).
earthradius
float
Stores the earth radius defined for each propagation model in the
database.
frequency
float
Stores the centre frequency for each propagation model in the

database.
heffalg
number
Indicates which effective antenna height algorithm has been

chosen for the propagation model - Absolute (0), Relative (1),
Average (2) and Slope (3).
heffmax
number
The maximum effective antenna height for the upper limit of the
calculated values when using the slope algorithm.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 49
Name
DataType
heffmin
number
Constraint
The minimum effective antenna height for the lower limit of the
computed values when using the slope algorithm.
heffslopedist
number
The distance from the mobile over which the user wishes to
calculate the slope.
idname
varchar2(32)
ismanaged
number
Indicates whether the propagation model is managed (1) or not

(2).
k1
float
Stores Model parameters.
k40
float
Stores Model parameters.
mobileht
float
The mobile height for each propagation model (in m), defined in
the Propagation Models dialog box.
modelkey
number
modeltype
varchar2(300)
not null
Description
Stores the name of the propagation model.
(and so on up to )
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each model in the

database.
Specifies the type of model.
For unmanaged models, this is the user interface ID of the model.
For managed models, this is the fully-qualified name of a type
factory.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
settings1
varchar2(4000)

not null

the table.
not null

database.
Stores the managed propagation model settings in an xml string.
up to...
Page 50
settings6
varchar2(4000)
stddeviation
float
The standard deviation value used for interference calculations.
useclutter
number
Indicates whether the clutter heights defined on the Clutter tab are
being considered (1) or not (0).
usemobileht
number
Indicates whether the mobile heights defined on the Clutter tab

are being considered (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number

usertext
varchar2(4000)
Stores additional comments.

Version 5.2.1
Table RULES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attributetypekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each attribute type in the database.
elementtypekey
number
filterkey
number
not null
logicalopkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each logical operator in the database.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
rnot
number
not null
Indicates whether the Not option is selected for the rule (1) or not
(0).
rulekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.
ruletypekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each rule type in the database.
Stores a unique number for each element type in the database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + logicalopkey) references the LOGICALOPS table
Table RULETYPES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ruletypeid
varchar2(32)
not null
The id of the rule type.
ruletypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule type in the
database.
Table SCHEMAMANAGERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
classid
varchar2(200)
not null
Primary key, storing the unique identifier for a class.
description
varchar2(1024)
Optional - provides additional Schema Manager information.
name
varchar2(32)
User defined name for the Schema Manager.
progid
varchar2(100)
Uniquely identifies a Programme ID in the System Registry.

Version 5.2.1
Page 51
Table SCRIPTEVENTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
eventtype
number
not null
Indicates the type of event - Apply (0), Commit (1) or Restore (2).
ignoreonerror
number
not null
Indicates whether the event will be ignored if there is an error (1) or

not (0).
isenabled
number
not null
Indicates whether the event is enabled (1) or not (0).
lognodetypekey
number
not null
Primary key associating the event with a particular logical node.
projectnumber
number
not null

database.
scriptkey
number
not null
Primary key associating the event with a particular script.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (scriptkey) references the SCRIPTSTORAGE table
Table SCRIPTSTORAGE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
scriptkey
float
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each script in the

database.
scriptname
varchar(255)
not null
The name of the original script file.
scripttext
clob
The text of the script.
Table TERMRATE
Page 52
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
number

in.
hsdparatefk
number
idname
varchar2(32)
The name of the terminal type.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

to the table.
permission
number
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular HSDPA coding rate with the terminal type.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
termtypefk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a terminal

type with a HSDPA coding rate.
usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
FK2 (termtypefk + projectno) references the TERMTYPE table
Table TERMTYCELLAY
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellaykey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer in the
database.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
termtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal type in

the project.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + termtypekey) references the TERMTYPE table
Table TERMTYCLUTTER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each clutter category

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
termtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal type

weight
float
not null
Stores the weighting or Erlang value given to each clutter

category.

Version 5.2.1
Page 53
Foreign Keys:
Table TERMTYPE
Name
DataType
antengain
float
The antenna gain in dBi, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
(W)CDMA Params tab for UMTS networks or the WiMAX Params tab for WiMAX
networks.
beamwidth
number
The customer premises equipment (CPE) horizontal beamwidth (in degrees)

defined on the WiMAX Params tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (WiMAX
networks only).
bodyloss
float
The body loss in dB, defined on the (W)CDMA Params tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (UMTS networks only).
ccs1 up to ccs4
number
Indicates whether Channel Coding Schemas 1-4 are supported (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Dual Tech tab in of the Terminal Types dialog box
(GSM/UMTS networks only).
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.The number is
based on the order users were created in.
dynaramrange
float
The TX Dynamic Range, defined on the (W)CDMA Params tab of the Terminal
familyA up to
familyC
number
Indicates whether EGPRS link adaptation families A-C are supported (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Dual Tech tab in the Terminal Types dialog box
(GSM/UMTS networks only).
hscsdtimeslotwe number
ightnt
The traffic weighting for the non transparent timeslot allocation, defined on the
HSCSD/ECSD tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (HSCSD networks only).
hscsdtimeslotwe number
ightt1 up to
hscsdtimeslotwe
ightt4
The traffic weightings for the TS1 to TS4 allocations, defined on the
hscsdtrafperterm float
The traffic per terminal (in Erl), defined on the HSCSD/ECSD tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (HSCSD networks only).
hscsdweightnt1
up to
hscsdweightnt4
The traffic weighting for the non-transparent timeslot allocation, at a 14.4, 28.8,
43.2 and 57.6 kb/s data rates respectively. These are defined on the
number
Description
hscsdweightt1 to number
hscsdweightt8
The traffic weighting for the transparent timeslot at a 4.8, 9.6, 14.4, 19.2, 28.8,
38.4, 43.2 and 57.6kb/s data rates respectively. These are defined on the
idname
varchar2(32)
Stores the name of the terminal type.
jointdetfact
float
Stores the joint detection factor, defined on the (W)CDMA Params tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box (TD-SCDMA Terminal Types only).
masternamekey
number
Stores the name of the master terminal type.
masterterminal
number
Indicates whether the traffic association is master (0) or slave (1). This is
specified on the General tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
maxhsdpacodes float
Page 54
Constraint
not null
The maximum number of HSDPA codes, defined on the HSDPA tab of the
Terminal Types box (UMTS only).

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
maxmobpower
float
Constraint
The maximum power that the terminal type can emit, defined in the Terminal
Types dialog box on the (W)CDMA Params tab for UMTS or the WiMAX Params
tab for WiMAX networks.
maxtimeslot
number
The maximum number of timeslots that the terminal type can use, defined on the
GPRS/EGPRS tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (GPRS only).
mbhrate
float
The mean busy hour capacity (in kb/s), defined on the GPRS/EGPRS tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box (GPRS only).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to the table.
networkkey
number
not null
Defines which network is being considered - GSM (0), TETRA (1) or AMPS (2).
noisefig
float
The Noise Figure (in dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
(W)CDMA Params tab for UMTS networks or the WiMAX Params tab for WiMAX
networks.
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 2.
powerstep
float
Quantisation step size for mobile transmit power, defined on the (W)CDMA
Params tab in the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS networks only).
projectno
number
reqecio
float
reqrscp
float
not null
Required RSCP (dB), defined on the (W)CDMA Params tab in the Terminal
reqsir
float
not null
Required Pilot SIR (dB), defined on the (W)CDMA Params tab in the Terminal
not null
Description

Required Ec/Io (dB), defined on the (W)CDMA Params tab in the Terminal
- or Required RSS (db), defined on the WiMAX Params tab in the Terminal Types
dialog box (WiMAX networks only).
subchannel
number
The sub-channelisation options supported by the terminal, defined on the

WiMAX Params tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (WiMAX networks only).
suphsdpa
number
support2g
number
NOT USED.
support3g
number
NOT USED.
switching
number
Specifies what technology the terminal type uses -Circuit switching (0), HSCSD
(1) or GPRS (2).
termtypekey
number
termweight
float
Indicates the clutter spread, either Density (0) or Weight (1).
trafficscale
float
The traffic scaling % between master and slave terminals, defined on the
General tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
not null
not null
Indicates whether the Enable HSDPA option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the HSDPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS
networks only).
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal type in a database.
twogmaxnumtim number
eslots
The maximum number of downlink timeslots available, defined on the 2g RF

Params tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS networks only).
twognoisefigdb
The noise figure (dB), defined on the 2g RF Params tab of the Terminal Types
dialog box (GSM/UMTS networks only).
float
twogrecvrsensiti float
vitydbm

Version 5.2.1
The receiver sensitivity (dBm), defined on the 2g RF Params tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS networks only).
Page 55
Name
DataType
twogsnrdb
float
Constraint
The required BCCH C/I (dB), defined on the 2g RF Params tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS networks only).
Description
usergroup
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user who created
the object.
useweights
number
Indicates whether the terminal type uses a weight distribution based on an

Erlang figure (1) or individual Erlang entries (0) for each clutter category.
weight
float
The weightings for the clutter categories available to each terminal type.
Table TERMTYPOLYGON
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each polygon in the

database. These are defined on the Polygons tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box.
featid
number
not null
Primary key, used in conjunction with the guidfield to describe

the polygon.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null

polygon.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
termtypekey
number
not null

weight
float
not null
The weighting or Erlang value given to each polygon defined on

the Polygons tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
Table TERMTYVECTOR
Page 56
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector in the

database. These are defined on the Vectors tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box.
featid
number
not null
Primary key, used in conjunction with the guidfield to describe the

polygon.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null

polygon.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
projectno
number
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
termtypekey
number
not null

weight
float
not null
The weighting or Erlang value given to each vector defined on the

Vectors tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
Table TIMESLOTMAP
Name
DataType
Constraint
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores the optional description that can be added to each

timeslot map.
endaequip
varchar2(255)
Stores information on the equipment at linkend A.
endbequip
varchar2(255)
Stores information on the equipment at linkend B.
interconkey
number
name
varchar2(32)
projectno
number
not null

database.
timeslotmapkey
number
not null
Primary key to uniquely identify each of the timeslot maps

created within each of the projects.
ts0 to ts31
varchar2(255)
not null
Description
Indicates the link(s) associated with each timeslot map.

Stores the name of each timeslot map in the database.
Indicates whether timeslots 0-31 are divided into 4 x 16kbps or

remain as 64kbps. Also stores any textual information added to
the slots.
Table VECATTR
Name
DataType
attrid
number
dataname
varchar2(32)
The name of the attribute.
datatype
number
Indicates the type of attribute, either number (0) or double (1).
fileid
number
The name of the vector file.
floatvalue
float
A float value for attribute, based on the attribute type.
intvalue
number
A number value for attribute, based on the attribute type.
segid
number
stringvalue
varchar2(32)
A string value for attribute, based on the attribute type.
stringangle
number
Angle at which attribute string should be printed on screen.
vecid
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector attribute in
the database.
Primary key. Unique Segment identity within the vector.

database.
Page 57
Table VECBOUNDS
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number

ispolygon
number
Indicates whether the object is a vector (0) or a polygon (1).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

the table.
parentid
number
Indicates the parent vector layer for each vector.
permission
number
usergroup
number

vecid
number
not null

database.
vecname
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the name of each vector in the database.
vectype
number
Indicates whether the vector is a system (0), user (1) or building

(2) vector.
xmax
number
The maximum vertical extent.
xmin
number
The minimum vertical extent.
ymax
number
The maximum horizontal extent.
ymin
number
The minimum horizontal extent.
Table VECFILE
Page 58
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
checksum
number
A checking sum calculated to determine corrupt or

unexpectedly changed files.
directory
varchar2(1024)
The directory storing the vector file
fileid
number
Stores a unique number for each vector file in the

database.
filename
varchar2(256)
not null
Primary key, storing the name of each vector file in

the database.
vecid
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector

in the database.

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 4
Equipment Database
Tables
The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This Table
Primary Keys
ANTENNADEVICE
The antenna devices associated devicepk

with antenna patterns
projectno
ANTENNAPATTERN
The antenna patterns used by

antenna devices
devicefk
Foreign Keys (projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
FK1 - devicefk
YES
patternpk
projectno
BCFTYPE
BTS
BCF types, defined on the BCF

tab in the Site Database
bcftypekey
BTS equipment, defined in the

BTS equipment dialog box
btskey
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
CABIN
Cabin equipment, defined in the cabinkey

Cabin dialog box
projectno
YES
EQUIPSUPPLIER
Equipment suppliers
NO
equipsupplierkey
projectno
FEEDER
GENREPEATERFEEDER
Feeder equipment, defined in

the Feeder dialog box
feederkey
Feeders attached to repeaters
projectno
YES
projectno
FK1 - feederfk
YES
repeaterfeederpk
LOGNODEBTYPE
MASTHEADAMP
TOWER

Version 5.2.1
Node Types for 3g networks,

defined in the Node Types
dialog box
nodebtypekey
Masthead Amplifier equipment,

defined in the Masthead
Amplifier dialog box
mhakey
Mast equipment, defined in the

Mast dialog box
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
towerkey
Page 59
This Table
Primary Keys
Foreign Keys (projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
VHMASK
The vertical and horizontal

masks for each antenna stored
in the Antennas dialog box
maskpk
FK1 - patternfk + devicefk
YES
patternfk
projectno
Table ANTENNADEVICE
Page 60
Name
DataType
antennacategory
number
Constraint
Indicates whether an antenna device is standard (0) or switched

beam (1).
cost
float
The cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing tab of the

Antennas dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the antenna.
devicepk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna device in

the database.
idname
varchar2(64)
not null
Stores the name of each antenna in the database.
manufacturer
varchar2(64)
Stores the name of the manufacturer of the antenna.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
noelements
number
The number of beam patterns per antenna, defined on the General

tab of the Antennas dialog box.
parentkey
number
Stores a number for the parent folder of the antenna.
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the antenna,

specified on the General tab of the Antennas dialog box.
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the antenna supplier, defined on the Costing

tab of the Antennas dialog box.
usergroup
number
weight
float
Stores the antenna weight (kg), defined on the General tab of the
not null
not null
Description
table.

database.

Version 5.2.1
Table ANTENNAPATTERN
Name
DataType
antennapatternangle
float
The angle of the pattern on the horizontal mast (Switched beam

antennas only).
configid
varchar2(64)
The Level/Parameter Config ID, defined on the Info tab of the

controlpatternflag
number
Indicates whether a control pattern is used (1) or not (0) (Switched

beam antennas only).
createdate
date
createuser
number

crosspolardiscrim
float
The cross polar discrimination (in dB), defined on the Info tab of the
description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description for an antenna pattern.
devicefk
number
downtilt
float
The pattern downtilt, defined on the Mask tab of the Antennas dialog
box.
elecbeamadj
number
The electric beam adjustment.
elemarrindi
number
The Element Array Indicator, defined on the Info tab of the Antennas
dialog box.
frequency
float
The pattern frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab of the
fronttobackratio
float
The Front to Back Ratio (in dB), defined on the Info tab of the
gain
float
The pattern gain (in dBi or dBd), defined on the Info tab of the
gaintype
number
Indicates whether the pattern gain is specified in dBi (0) (isotropic

antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).
horizontalbw
float
The horizontal beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of the Antennas

dialog box.
idname
varchar2(64)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
parentkey
number
patternpk
number
permission
number
polarisation
number
Indicates the polarisation of the pattern - horizontal (0), vertical (1) or

crosspolar (2) - defined on the Info tab of the Antennas dialog box.
projectno
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, indicating which antenna device is used with each

pattern.
Stores the name of each pattern in the database.

not null
table.
Stores a number for the parent folder of the pattern.
not null
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each pattern in the

database.

database.
Page 61
Name
DataType
tilttype
number
unique_pattern_id
varchar2(130)
unique_pattern_id_ove number
rride
Constraint
Description
Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna pattern, that is,
either mechanical (1) or electrical (0).
not null
The Unique ID for the pattern, defined on the General tab of the
not null
Identifies whether the Unique ID has been overriden (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number
verticalbw
float
The vertical beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of the Antennas

dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + devicefk) references the ANTENNADEVICE table
Table BCFTYPE
Page 62
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bcftypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each BCF type.
combinertype
varchar2(32)
The combiner type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

Idname
varchar2(32)
Stores the name of each BCF Type in the database.
maxbts
number
The maximum number of BTSs that can be used with the BCF
Type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
maxtrx
number
The maximum number of TRXs that can be used with the BCF
Type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
nmscode
number
The NMS Code, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
not null
table.

database.

Version 5.2.1
Table BTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
btskey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each BTS in the

database.
celllaypow
varchar2(1024)
Stores the power value for the cell.
cellspacing
number
The Minimum Cell Spacing, defined on the Parameters tab of the

BTS Equipment dialog box.
cost
float
The unit cost of the BTS, defined on the Costing tab of the BTS
Equipment dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the BTS.
Idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the BTS, specified
on the General tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
projectno
number
sitespacing
number
The Minimum Site Spacing, defined on the Parameters tab of the

BTS Equipment dialog box.
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the BTS supplier, defined on the Costing tab of
the BTS Equipment dialog box.
txpwrmax
float
The Maximum PA Output Power (in dBm), defined on the

Parameters tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
txpwrmin
float
The Minimum PA Output Power (in dBm), defined on the

Parameters tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
usergroup
number
weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the BTS.

Version 5.2.1
not null
Stores the name of each BTS in the database.

not null
not null
table.

database.
Page 63
Table CABIN
Page 64
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cabinkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cabin the database.
cost
float
The unit cost of the cabin, defined on the Costing tab of the Cabins
dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the cabin.
height
float
The height of a cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab of the
Cabins dialog box.
idname
varchar2(32)
length
float
The length of the cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab of the
Cabins dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the cabin, specified
on the General tab of the Cabin dialog box.
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the cabin supplier, defined on the Costing tab
of the Cabin dialog box.
usergroup
number
weight
float
The weight of the cabin (in kg), defined on the Dimensions tab of
the Cabins dialog box.
width
float
The width of the cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab of the
Cabins dialog box.
not null
not null
not null
Stores the name of each cabin in the database.
table.

database.

Version 5.2.1
Table EQUIPSUPPLIER
Name
DataType
address
varchar2(255)
Constraint
The equipment supplier's address, defined on the Equipment

Supplier Properties dialog box.
comments
varchar2(255)
The comments about an equipment supplier, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.
email
varchar2(128)
The equipment supplier's email address, defined on the Equipment

equipsupplierkey
number
fax
varchar2(32)
The equipment supplier's fax number, defined on the Equipment

name
varchar2(128)
The equipment supplier's name, defined on the Equipment Supplier

Properties dialog box.
phone
varchar2(32)
The equipment supplier's phone number, defined on the Equipment

projectno
number
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each equipment supplier

in the database.

database.
Table FEEDER
Name
Data Type
connloss
float
The Total Connector Loss (in dB) for the feeder, defined on the
Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box, and used to calculate EIRP.
cost
float
The Unit Cost of the feeder, defined on the Costing tab of the
Feeders dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the feeder.
equipiconkey
number
Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with each

feeder.
feederkey
number
freq
float
idname
varchar2(32)
losspermetre
float
The Loss (in dB per m) of the feeder, defined on the Losses tab of
the Feeders dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each feeder in the

database.
The Frequency (in GHz) of the feeder, defined on the Losses tab
of the Feeders dialog box.
not null
not null
Stores the name of each feeder in the database.
table.
Page 65
Name
Data Type
permission
number
Constraint
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the feeder, specified
on the General tab of the Feeders dialog box.
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the feeder supplier, defined on the Costing tab
usergroup
number
weight
float
The weight of the feeder (in kg per m), defined on the Losses tab
not null
Description

database.
Table GENREPEATERFEEDER
Page 66
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
antennatypefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular antenna type with

the feeder.
azimuth
float
Stores the repeater's feeder azimuth bearing.
coordx
float
Stores the co-ordinate of the site's location.
coordy
float
Stores the co-ordinate of the site's location.
corrfactor
float
Stores any correction factors in dBs, that might be added on to the

configuration to fine tune the output EIRP. Positive values offer an
improvement in the configuration. Therefore a negative value will
represent a further loss to the antenna configuration.
createdate
date
createuser
number

downtilt
float
Stores the repeater feeder's downtilt.
feederfk
number
feederlenght
float
Stores the feeder length.
feederloss
float
Stores any feeder losses.
feedertype
number
height
float
mastheadampfk
number
mhagain_db
float
modelfk
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
table.
not null
not null
References the link between the repeater and the feeder type.
Stores information about the type of feeder used.

Stores the height of the feeder.
not null
References the link between the repeater and the mast head
amplifier.
Stores the mast head amplifier gain difference in dB.
not null
References the link between a repeater and a repeater model.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
objecttype
number
not null
Distinguishes between objects in the database.
permission
number
predradius
number
Stores the radius of the area up to which the user would wish the
prediction calculations to extend. The value is stored in metres.
projectno
number
not null

database.
repeaterfeederpk
number
not null
Primary key field, storing the unique identifier for a repeater

feeder.
repeaterfk
number
not null
References a repeater to a feeder.
rxdiversity
number
Stores a received diversity value.
txdiversity
number
Stores a transmitted diversity value.
usergroup
number
Stores the default user group at the time the object was created.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + feederfk) references the GENREPEATER table
Table LOGNODEBTYPE
Name
Data Type
autotxcalc
number
Indicates whether Automatic calculation of Max DL Power per Connection has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the Load Control tab of the Node
Types dialog box.
cost
float
The Unit cost of the Node Type, defined on the Costing tab of the Node Types
dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number
description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the Node Type.
equipiconkey
number
Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with each Node Type.
idname
varchar2(32)
Stores the name of each Node Type in the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
nodebtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Node Type in the database.
otsrsupport
number
not null
Indicates whether the Enable OTSR Configuration Support option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the General tab of the Node Types dialog
box.
perdltrafpow
number
Indicates whether the Consider proportion of downlink traffic power used option
has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the Load Control tab of the Node
Types dialog box.
permission
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 67
Name
Page 68
Data Type
Constraint
Description
pernoiseriselim number
Indicates whether Consider proportion of noise rise limit reached has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the Load Control tab of the Node Types
dialog box.
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the feeder, specified on the
General tab of the Node Types dialog box.
projectno
number
res1dlho
number
Stores the number of downlink handover channels for Resource 1.
res2dlho
number
res3dlho
number
res1dlpri
number
Stores the number of downlink primary channels for Resource 1.
res2dlpri
number
res3dlpri
number
res1dltot
number
Stores the total number of downlink channels for Resource 1.
res2dltot
number
res3dltot
number
res1namekey
number
Key that resource 1 uses on the Node type.
res2namekey
number
res3namekey
number
res1props
number
Per Node type / per carrier / per cell resource 1 properties.
res2props
number
res3props
number
res1ulho
number
Stores the number of uplink handover channels for Resource 1.
res2ulho
number
res3ulho
number
res1ulpri
number
Stores the number of uplink primary channels for Resource 1.
res2ulpri
number
res3ulpri
number
res1ultot
number
Stores the total number of uplink channels for Resource 1.
res2ultot
number
res3ultot
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the feeder supplier, defined on the Costing tab of the Node
Types dialog box.
usergroup
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user who created
the object.
weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the Node Type.
not null

Version 5.2.1
Table MASTHEADAMP
Name
Data Type
cost
float
The Unit Cost of the feeder, defined on the Costing tab of the Mast
Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the Mast Head Amplifier.
equipiconkey
number

mast head amplifier.
idname
varchar2(32)
insloss
float
The Insertion Loss (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab of the Mast
maxgain
float
The Maximum Gain (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab of the
Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
mhakey
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
noisefig
float
The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab in the Mast
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
on the General tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number identifying the feeder supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
usergroup
number
weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the mast head amplifier.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
Stores the name of each mast head amplifier in the database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast head

amplifier.
not null
not null
table.

database.
Page 69
Table TOWER
Page 70
Name
DataType
cost
float
Constraint
The Unit Cost of the mast, defined on the Costing tab of the
Masts dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the mast.
height
float
Stores the mast Structure Height in m, defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Masts dialog box.
idname
varchar2(32)
mastheightavail
varchar2(512)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
mounting
number
NOT USED.
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the mast,

specified on the General tab of the Masts dialog box.
projectno
number
sectionlength
float
NOT USED.
supplierkey
number
Stores the a number identifying the mast supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Masts dialog box.
towerkey
number
usergroup
number

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the mast.
not null
not null
not null
not null
Description
Stores the name of each mast in the the database.

the table.

database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast in the

database.

Version 5.2.1
Table VHMASK
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
devicefk
number
not null
Indicates which antenna device uses the mask.
mask
clob
maskpk
number
modifyuser
number
patternfk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mask in the

database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Combined horizontal and vertical Angle Loss Vector data stored

in XML format.
not null
Primary key, non unique key defaulted to 1 and reserved for

future use.
the table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + patternfk + devicefk) references the ANTENNAPATTERN table

Version 5.2.1
Page 71
Page 72

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 5
Internal Database Tables

The following table describes the internal database tables:
This Table
Primary Keys
CELLEQUIPMENT
Cell equipment, defined in the Cell Equipment

dialog box
cellequipmentkey
The Bit Error Rate
ci
CIBER
Foreign Keys
Diff Table?
YES
projectno
NO
projectno
DBCOREFRI
Relationships between Diff tables
NO
DBVERSION
The current database version number, and the

versionnumber
number of the version from which it was upgraded
NO
FIELDSTABLE
The database tables and associated column fields acfieldname
NO
actablename
IDSEQUENCES
ID numbers for each new site created
idname
NO
projno
INTERFWEIGHTS
MPFINDEX
Interference weights tables, and the level of

interference expected within a pixel based on C/I
ratio
intfweightskey
Pathloss correction files
createuser
NO
projectno
NO
mpfindexkey
projectno
PREDFOLDER
Prediction folders
PREDINDEX
The index file for the predictions
NO
antennakey
NO
antennapatternfk
cdmaantennakey
createuser
modelkey
pmantennakey
predfolderkey
projectno
repeaterkey
resolution
PRIORGROUPS

Version 5.2.1
User groups
grpkey
NO
Page 73
This Table
Primary Keys
PRIORROUPSRM
User groups
grpkey
Foreign Keys
Diff Table?
NO
pn
PRIORGROUPUSE Associations between groups and users
R
grpkey
PRIORGROUPUSE Associations between groups and users

RRM
grpkey
NO
usrkey
NO
pn
usrkey
PRIORUSER
Users
PRIORUSERPRIVE Permissions for tables

X
usrkey
NO
grpkeypk
FK1 - grpkeypk
permissionpk
FK2 - usrkeypk
projectno
FK3 permissionpk
usrkeypk
FK1 permissionpk
PRIORUSERPRIVE The privileges available for a user or user group in grpkeypk

XRM
the database for a project
permissionpk
NO
NO
pn
projectno
usrkeypk
PRIORUSERPRIVE A short name to describe the permission, and a
XTYPE
comment
permissiontypepk
NO
PRIORUSERRM
pn
NO
Users
usrkey
PRIORUSERTYPE
All user types created and stored in the database
usrtypepk
NO
PROJECT
Projects
name
NO
projectnumber
PROJECTREGION Region information for when a project is loaded.
projectnumber
userkey
REF_COLUMNS
Foreign key relationships
UPFINDEX
Unmasked prediction correction files
FK1 projectnumber
NO
NO
createuser
projectno
upfindexkey
Page 74

Version 5.2.1
Table CELLEQUIPMENT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellequipmentkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell equipment

defined in the database.
cost
float
The Unit cost of the cell equipment, defined on the Costing tab of
the Cell Equipment dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the cell equipment.
equipiconkey
number

cell equipment.
idname
varchar2(32)
loss
float
The Equipment Loss (in dB), stored on the Info tab of the Cell
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
on the General tab of the cell equipment dialog box.
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular supplier with the

cell equipment.
usergroup
number
weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the cell equipment.
not null
not null
not null
The Part ID, stored on the General tab of the Cell Equipment dialog
box.
table.

database.
Table CIBER
Name
Data Type
ber
float
ci
number
not null
Primary key, which stores the C/I value, defined in the Define C/I
BER Conversion dialog box.
projectno
number
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Stores the BER, defined on the Define C/I BER Conversion dialog
box.
Page 75
Table DBCORERFI
Name
DataType
xmldata
clob
Constraint
Description
Stores hierarchical links to the relationships between tables in an
XML format.
Table DBVERSION
Name
DataType
upgradeversion
number
versionnumber
number
Constraint
Description
The version number of the database from which the user
upgraded.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for the version of the

database the user is currently using.
Table FIELDSTABLE
Name
DataType
acfieldlength
number
acfieldname
varchar2(32)
acfieldtype
varchar2(32)
actablename
varchar2(32)
Constraint
Description
The length of field entries of the varchar2 and float data type.
not null
Primary key, storing the name of each field in the database.

The data type of each field.
not null
Primary key, storing the name of each table in the database.
Table IDSEQUENCES
Page 76
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
idname
varchar2 (64)
not null
Primary key, storing the name of the network element.
nextv
number
projno
number
The last number used when a new network element was created.
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Table INTERFWEIGHTS
Name
DataType
ci_db0
float
Constraint
Description
The first CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights dialog
box.
ci_db60
float
The last CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights dialog

box.
intfweightskey
number
maxci_db
number
The maximum CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights

dialog box.
minci_db
number
The minimum CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights

dialog box.
name
varchar2(128)
The name of the group of interference weights, defined in the

Define Interference Weights dialog box.
projectno
number
(and so on up to )
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CI_dB/Percentage pair in the database.

database.
Table MPFINDEX
Name
DataType
antennafk
number(38)
Antenna foreign key OR -1 if correction is unmasked.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)
filename
varchar2(255)
The name of the pathloss correction file.
height
number(38)
The height of the antenna.
mpfindexkey
number(38)
predfolderkey
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
resolution
number(38)
The resolution of the correction file.
siteaddr_fk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the mpfindex

with a particular Property.
xcoord
number(38)
Absolute antenna X location.
ycoord
number(38)
Absolute antenna Y location.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a number indicating the user

who created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

mpfindex in the database.
Stores a unique number, associating the mpfindex
with a particular prediction folder.
not null

project in a database.
Page 77
Table PREDFOLDER
Name
Data Type
domain
varchar2(255)
Constraint
Description
The domain holding the machine storing the folder.
foldername
varchar2(255)
The name of the folder.
machine
varchar2(255)
The machine storing the folder.
predfolderkey
number
Stores a unique number for each folder in the database.
projectno
number
Table PREDINDEX
Page 78
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
antennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna in a

database.
antennapatternfk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna pattern

in a database.
cdmaantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA antenna

in a database.
createuser
number
not null
Primary key. Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object.The number is based on the order users were
created in.
filename
varchar2(255)
modelkey
number
modifydate
date
pmantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PM antenna in

a database.
predfolderkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each prediction folder

in a database.
predictiontype
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
repeaterkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each repeater in a

database.
resolution
number
not null
Primary key, storing the prediction resolution.
status
number
Stores status information.
xmax
number
Maximum x extents.
xmin
number
Minimum x extents.
ymax
number
Maximum y extents.
ymin
number
Minimum y extents.
The name of the index file.

not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each prediction

model in a database.
Indicates the prediction type.

Version 5.2.1
Table PRIORGROUPS
Name
Data Type
grp
varchar2(32)
Constraint
The name of the group, defined in ENTERPRISE Administrator.
grpcom
varchar2(255)
Stores any optional comments on the group.
grpkey
number
projectpriv
number
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each group in the

database.
Indicates whether the group has the Enable Project Creation
privilege (1) or not (0).
Table PRIORGROUPSRM
Important : This table is not currently used, but is reserved for future use.
This database table is used in the synchronisation utility for keeping track of detailed
information about groups from the master database. This table shows the column list:
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grp
varchar2(32)
The name of the group, defined in ENTERPRISE Administrator.
grpcom
varchar2(255)
Stores any optional comments on the group.
grpkey
number
not null

database.
pn
number
not null

database.
projectpriv
number
Indicates whether the group has the Enable Project Creation

privilege (1) or not (0).
Table PRIORGROUPUSER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grpkey
number
not null

database.
usrkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a user with a

particular group.

Version 5.2.1
Page 79
Table PRIORGROUPUSERRM
This database table is used in the synchronisation utility for keeping track of which
users are in which groups from the master database, and which projects these groups
and users can see. This table shows the column list:
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grpkey
number
not null

database.
pn
number
not null

database.
usrkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a user with a

particular group.
Table PRIORUSER
Name
Data Type
address
varchar2(1000)
Constraint
The Address of the user, defined on the 5th page of the Create A
New User dialog box.
afterhoursno
varchar2(30)
The After Hours Number of the user, defined on the 5th page of
the Create A New User dialog box.
defaultgrp
number
email_id
varchar2(100)
The Email Address of the user, defined on the 5th page of the
Create A New User dialog box.
email_id2
varchar2(100)
The Email Address 2 of the user, defined on the 5th page of the
extauth
number
firstname
varchar2(50)
The First Name of the user, defined on the 1st page of the Create
A New User dialog box.
lastname
varchar2(50)
The Last Name of the user, defined on the 1st page of the Create
A New User dialog box.
mobileno
varchar2(30)
The Mobile Number of the user, defined on the 1st page of the
pagerno
varchar2(30)
The Pager Number of the user, defined on the 1st page of the
projectpriv
number
Indicates whether the user has the Enable Project Creation

privilege (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 3rd page of the
sitemask
number
Indicates which Object Creation Defaults have been specified only the user has write permission over the sites they create (0),
all users belonging to the default group defined for this user have
these permissions(1), or all users have privileges over the sites
this user creates (2).
not null
not null
Description
Indicates the Default Group to which the user is attached, defined

on the 4th page of the Create A New User dialog box.
Indicates whether the Use External OS Authentication option is

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 1st page of the
This is defined on the 4th page of the Create A New User dialog
box.
Page 80

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
usr
varchar2(32)
Constraint
Description
The User Id, defined on the 1st page of the Create A New User
dialog box.
usrcom
varchar2(255)
Any option comments for the user, defined on the 1st page of the
usrkey
number
not null

database.
usrtype
number
not null
Indicates the user type.
workno
varchar2(30)
The Work Number of the user, defined on the 5th page of the
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grpkeypk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the user with

a particular group.
permissionpk
number
not null
Primary key defining a particular instance of a permission type.
permvalue
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
usrkeypk
number
not null

database.
Stores the value of the permission, either 0 or 1.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (grpkeypk) references the PRIORGROUPS table
FK2 (usrkeypk) references the PRIORUSER table
FK3 (permissionpk) references the PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE table
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXRM
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grpkeypk
number
not null
Primary key used to uniquely reference a user group.
permissionpk
number
not null
Primary key used to uniquely identify user permissions.
permvalue
number
pn
number
not null
Primary key storing a value for the master project number.
projectno
number
not null
Primary key storing a value used to distinguish between projects

in a database. Remote project number.
usrkeypk
number
not null
Primary key used to uniquely identify the user.
Stores a user permission value.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (permissionpk) references the PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE table

Version 5.2.1
Page 81
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
permissiontypepk
number
not null
Primary key defining the permission.
shortname
varchar2(64)
Stores a short name to describe the permission, which

the code references.
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Comment made by the user.
Table PRIORUSERRM
This database table is used in the synchronisation utility for keeping track of general
information. This table shows the column list:
Name
DataType
Constraint
defaultgrp
number
Indicates the Default Group to which the user is attached, defined

on the 4th page of the Create A New User dialog box.
extauth
number
Indicates whether the Use External OS Authentication option is

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 1st page of the
pn
number
projectpriv
number
Indicates whether the user has the Enable Project Creation

privilege (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 3rd page of the
sitemask
number
Indicates which Object Creation Defaults have been specified only the user has write permission over the sites they create (0),
all users belonging to the default group defined for this user have
these permissions(1), or all users have privileges over the sites
this user creates (2).
not null
Description

database.
This is defined on the 4th page of the Create A New User dialog
box.
Page 82
usr
varchar2(32)
The User Id, defined on the 1st page of the Create A New User
dialog box.
usrcom
varchar2(255)
Any option comments for the user, defined on the 1st page of the
usrkey
number
usrtype
integer
not null

database.
Indicates the user type.

Version 5.2.1
Table PRIORUSERTYPE
Name
DataType
typename
varchar2(255)
usrtypepk
number
Constraint
Description
Stores the name of the user type.
not null
Primary key, which provides distinction between the

various users.
Table PROJECT
Name
DataType
active
number
Indicates whether the project has been deleted from

the Start Project window (0) or not (1).
aerialdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Backdrop photograph directory

associated with the project, defined on the Map data
directories tab of Modify Project dialog box.
architectmasterfiledir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the ARCHITECT master file

associated with the project, defined on the Modify
Project dialog box.
arraydir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Coverage Array directory

associated with the project, defined on the User data
directories tab on the Modify Project dialog box.
bldgrasterdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Building raster data directory

bldgvectordir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Building vector data directory

clutterdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Clutter directory associated with

the project, defined on the Map data directories tab on
the Modify Project dialog box.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional comments about a project, defined on the

Info tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
created
varchar2(64)
The date and time when each project was created,

defined on the Info tab of the Modify Project dialog
box.
description
varchar2(255)
Optional description of a project, defined on the Info

tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
eastmax
number
The Easting Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Map Data Extents tab of the
Modify Project dialog box.
eastmin
number
The Easting Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

ellipsoid
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular

ellipsoid with the project. This is defined on the Coord
System tab of the Modify Project dialog box.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 83
Page 84
Name
DataType
Constraint
grp
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
htdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Heights directory associated

with the project, defined on the Map data directories
tab on the Modify Project dialog box.
isremote
number
Indicates whether the project is remote (1) or not (0).
latmax
float
The Latitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the Modify
Project dialog box.
latmin
float
The Latitude Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

Project dialog box.
lonmax
float
The Longitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map

data extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the
lonmin
float
The Latitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

Project dialog box.
modified
varchar2(64)
The date and time when each project was last

modified, defined on the Info tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.
name
varchar2(32)
northmax
number
The Northing Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

northmin
number
The Northing Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

optdata
varchar2(255)
The OPTIMA DataSource, defined on the OPTIMA

Login tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
optpasswd
varchar2(255)
The OPTIMA Password, defined on the OPTIMA

Login tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
optuid
varchar2(255)
The OPTIMA UserId, defined on the OPTIMA Login

palettedir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Colour palette file associated

with the project, defined on the User data directories
predictiondir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Prediction directory associated

with the project, defined on the User data directories
projection
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular

projection with the project.
projectnumber
number
rmcreator
number
Stores a unique number, identifying the user who

created the remote project.
scanmapdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the scanned map directory

directories tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
tablenumber
number
The project number of the shared project. If the project

is not shared, this will be the same as the project
number.
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing the Project name.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
targetmasterfiledir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the TARGET master file associated

with the project, defined of the Modify Project dialog
box.
textdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Text directory associated with

the project, defined on the Map data directories tab of
the Modify Project dialog box.
threeglocalfolder
varchar2(255)
NOT USED.
threegpromptforaccount
number
Indicates whether the Always prompt for Username

and Password option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Simulation Distribution tab of the
threegremotefolder
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the distribution folder associated

with the project, defined on the Simulation Distribution
useregionload
number
Indicates whether the Restrict Site Load to Region

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Region Load tab of the Modify Project dialog
box.
userprefsdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the User preferences directory

usrvectordir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the User Line (vector) data directory

vectordir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Line (vector) Data directory

zone
number
The Universal Transverse Mercator Zone, defined in

the Coordinate System dialog box.
Table PROJECTREGION
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
enabled
number
Indicates whether the Restrict Load to Region option on the

Region Load tab of the Project Settings dialog box has been
selected (1) or not (0).
filename
varchar2(32)
FOR FUTURE USE.
name
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the project.
projectnumber
number
not null

database.
region
regionload_ot_va
userkey
number
The coordinates of the region.

not null

in.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectnumber) references the PROJECT table

Version 5.2.1
Page 85
Table REF_COLUMNS
Name
DataType
column_name
varchar2(32)
Constraint
Description
constraint_name
varchar2(32)
constraint_type
varchar2(1)
The type of constraint used.
position
number
The position of the column in the foreign table.
r_column
varchar2(32)
The name of the column referenced by the foreign key.
r_constraint_name
varchar2(32)
The name of the constraint in the referenced table.
r_pos
number
The position of the column in the referenced table.
r_table
varchar2(32)
The name of the referenced table.
table_name
varchar2(32)
table_type
varchar2(1)
The name of the column containing the foreign key.

not null
not null
The name of the constraint found in the foreign table.
The name of the foreign table.

The table type.
Table UPFINDEX
Page 86
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createuser
number
not null
Primary key. Stores a number indicating the user who created the
object.The number is based on the order users were created in.
filename
varchar2(25
5)
The name of the unmasked prediction.
height
number
The height of the antenna.
modifydate
date
predfolderkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the upindex with a particular

prediction folder.
projectno
number
propmodel_fk
number
Stores a unique number, associating the UPINDEX with a particular

propagation model.
resolution
numbe
The resolution of the correction file.
siteaddr_fk
number
Stores a unique number, associating the UPFINDEX with a

particular Property.
upfindexkey
number
xcoord
number
Absolute antenna X location.
ycoord
number
Absolute antenna Y location.
not null
not null

database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UPFINDEX in the

database.

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 6
Logical Network Database

Tables
The following table describes the logical network database tables:
This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
LOGATTACHMENT
Attachments in the
logical network
attachpk
Logical connections
logconnkey
LOGCONNECTION
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
projectno
FK1 lognodeafk
YES
FK2 lognodebfk
LOGCONNROUTE
Logical connection routes
connroutepk
projectno
LOGCONNRTHOP
LOGCONNTRAFFIC
Logical connection route

hops
projectno
Logical connection traffic
projectno
routehoppk
trafficpk
LOGLMUMC
Measured cells for logical

LMUs
cellfk
celltype
FK1 logconnfk
YES
FK1 logconnfk
YES
FK1 logconnfk
YES
FK1 lmufk
YES
FK1 parentfk only
YES
lmufk
projectno
LOGNETWORK
The logical network
lognetworkpk
projectno
FK2 networktypefk only

LOGNODE
Logical nodes
lognodepk
projectno
FK1 lognodetypefk only
YES
FK2 addressfk
FK3 lognetworkfk
LOGNODEB
Logical node Bs
lognodepk
projectno

Version 5.2.1
FK1 lognodepk
YES
Page 87
This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
LOGNODELMU
Logical LMUs
lognodepk
FK1 lognodepk
YES
FK1 lognodefk
YES
projectno
LOGNODETRAFFIC
Logical node traffic
projectno
trafficpk
LOGNODETYPE
The logical node types in

the network
lognodetypekey
LOGPLMN
The logical PLMN

network
lognetworkpk
Logical RNCs
lognodepk
LOGRNC
projectno
projectno
LOGUMTSANTENNA
Logical UMTS antennas
projectno
umtsantpk
LOGUMTSCAR
Logical UMTS carriers
projectno
umtscarpk
NO
FK1 lognetworkpk
YES
FK1 lognodepk
YES
FK1 lognodefk
YES
FK1 lognodefk
YES
FK2 tgcarrierfk
LOGUMTSCELL
Logical UMTS cells
projectno
umtscellpk
FK1 lognodefk
YES
FK2 umtscarfk
LOGUMTSFEEDER
Logical UMTS feeders
projectno
umtsfeedpk
FK1 umtsantfk
YES
FK2 umtscellfk
SRVCELLBITPRIOR
The priority order for

bearers allocated to a
cell layer
bitratekey
cellaykey
projectno
SRVCELLPRIOR
The priority order for cell

layers allocated to a
service
FK3 servicekey
cellaykey
FK1 cellaykey
projectno
TGCARRIER
3g Bitrates, defined in the

Bitrates dialog box
bitratekey
3g carriers
carrierkey
projectno
YES
FK2 cellaykey
servicekey
servicekey
TGBITRATE
FK1 bitratekey
YES
FK2 servicekey
FK1 hsdparatefk
YES
YES
projectno
TGCARRIERADJ
3g carrier adjacencies
projectno
rowindex
FK1 tgcarrierfk
YES
tgcarrierfk
TGCLUTPATHLOSS
Path loss values for 3g

clutter
code
NO
key
projectno
Page 88

Version 5.2.1
This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
TGRESTYPE
3g resources that can be

used in the 3g simulator
projectno
The relationship between

3g bitrates and services
bitratekey
TGSERVBIT
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
resourcekey
YES
projectno
servicekey
TGSERVICE
3g services
projectno
YES
servicekey
TGSHOG
3g soft handover gains
projectno
YES
shogkey
TGTERMSERV
The relationship between

3g terminal types and
services
projectno
YES
servicekey
termtypekey
UMTSCODE
UMTS scrambling codes
code
YES
codegroup
key
projectno
schemakey
UMTSCODESCHEMA
UMTS scrambling code

schema
key
YES
projectno
Table LOGATTACHMENT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attachpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each attachment in the

database.
comments
varchar2 (255)
Optional description that can be added to each attachment.
filename
varchar2 (255)
Stores the file path to the attachment on the logical node, defined
on the Attachments tab of the logical node dialog box.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
parentkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the attachment

with a particular logical node.
parenttype
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the logical node with a

particular parent element.
projectno
number
not null

database.

Version 5.2.1
Page 89
Table LOGCONNECTION
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
conntype
number
not null
Indicates the type of connection.
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
idname
varchar2(80)
The name of the connection.
logconnkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each connection in the

database.
lognodeafk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the logical node at linkend A.
lognodebfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the logical node at linkend B.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Stores any optional comments about the connection.
usergroup
number

not null
table.
information on this, see About Permissions.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodeafk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table
Table LOGCONNROUTE
Page 90
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
connroutepk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each connection route in

the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
indexno
number
Stores the route's index number.
logconnfk
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular logical

connection with the connection route.
not null
table.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
permission
number
projectno
number
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each attachment.
usergroup
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + logconnfk) references the LOGCONNECTION table
Table LOGCONNRTHOP
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
createuser
number
Indexno
number
Indicates the position in the hop sequence.
linkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the route hop with a

particular link.
logconnfk
number
not null

particular logical connection.
logconnrtfk
number
not null

particular connection route.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
routehoppk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each route hop.
startend
number
Indicates whether is start point A (0) or end point B (1).
usergroup
number


not null

the table.
Foreign Keys:

Version 5.2.1
Page 91
Table LOGCONNTRAFFIC
Name
Data Type
Constraint
bitratedirakbs
float
The bitrate of the logical connection traffic (in kbs) from A to B.

This is defined on the Traffic tab for a logical connection in the
Logical/Cellular Connection Database.
bitratedirbkbs
float
The bitrate of the logical connection traffic (in kbs) from B to A.

This is defined on the Traffic tab for a logicla connection in the
Logical/Cellular Connection Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
logconnfk
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
numsubscribers
float
The number of subscribers for the particular traffic, defined on

the Traffic tab for a logical connection in the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.
permission
number
projectno
number
symmetric
number
trafficpk
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the traffic with a particular

logical connection.
not null
not null

the table.

database.
Indicates whether the traffic is symmetric (1) or asymmetric (0).
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

connection traffic.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGLMUMC
Page 92
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellfk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the measured

cell with a particular cell.
celltype
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the cell type.
createdate
date
createuser
number
lmufk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the measured

cell with a particular LMU.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
measuredcellpk
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each measured cell in the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number

not null
table.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lmufk) references the LOGNODELMU table
Table LOGNETWORK
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The Network Identity, defined on the General tab for a logical

network in the Site Database.
lognetworkpk
number
not null
Primary key, stores a unique number for each logical network in

the database.
mecontextid
varchar2(128)
Further field used to uniquely identify the elements in the network

hierarchy.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
networktypefk
number
parentfk
number
permission
number
projectno
number
subnetid
varchar2(128)
Field used to uniquely identify the elements in the network

hierarchy.
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments for the logical network.
usergroup
number


Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description

the table.
Indicates the network type.
not null
Foreign key that uniquely identifies the parent folder for the
logical network.
not null

database.
Page 93
Foreign Keys:
FK1 - parentfk
FK2 - networktypefk
Table LOGNODE
Name
Data Type
Constraint Description
addressfk
number
not null
constrflags
number
Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and power planning load

contraints (Fixed Configuration, Fixed Node B Type)
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The number is
hasconstraints
number
Indicates whether the constrflags option has been selected (1) or not (0).
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The logical node Identity, defined on the General tab for a logical node in the
Site Database.
lognetworkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the logical node with a particular logical
network.
lognodepk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node in the network.
lognodetypefk
number
not null
Identifies the logical node type.
maxsectors
number
Maximum number of sectors to be generated by the slot pattern generation

algorithm.
minsectors
number
Minimum number of sectors to be generated by the slot pattern generation

algorithm.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
name
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name of the logical node, defined on the General tab for a logical
node in the Site Database.
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name of the logical node, defined on the General tab for a logical
node in the Site Database.
permission
number
Permissions.
projectno
number
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Stores any comments for the logical node.
usergroup
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user who
created the object.
not null
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the logical node with a particular site.
Foreign Keys:
Page 94
FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (projectno + addresskey) references the SITEADDRESS table
FK3 (projectno + lognetworkfk) references the LOGNETWORK table

Version 5.2.1
Table LOGNODEB
Name
Data Type
Constraints
Description
cellradius
float
lognodepk
number
modifyuser
number

the table.
nodebid
number
The Node B Identity, defined on the General tab of for a Node

B in the Site Database.
nodebtypefk
number
Indicates the Node B type.
predradius
number
Not used.
predresolution
number
The Prediction Resolution (in m), defined on the Prediction tab
projectno
number
res1dlho
number
DL Max # of Handover.
res2dlho
number
res3dlho
number
res1dlpri
number
DL Max # of Primary.
res2dlpri
number
res3dlpri
number
res1dltot
number
DL Total # of Resources.
res2dltot
number
res3dltot
number
res1ulho
number
UL Max # of Handover.
res2ulho
number
res3ulho
number
res1ulpri
number
UL Max # of Primary.
res2ulpri
number
res3ulpri
number
res1ultot
number
UL Total # of Resources.
res2ultot
number
res3ultot
number
technology
number
Stores the radius of the cell.

not null
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Node B in the

database.

database.
Indicates the technology type employed.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk) references the LOGNODE table

Version 5.2.1
Page 95
Table LOGNODELMU
Page 96
Name
Data Type
antazimuth
float
Constraint
The azimuth of antenna 1, defined on the Antenna tab for an

LMU in the Site Database.
antazimuth2
float

antazimuth3
float

antcorrection
float
The Antenna Corr. Factor (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab
for an LMU in the Site Database.
antdowntilt
float
The Tilt for antenna 1, defined on the Antenna tab for an LMU
in the Site Database.
antdowntilt2
float
antdowntilt3
float
antheight
float
The antenna Height, defined on the Antenna tab for an LMU in

the Site Database.
antheightmode
number
Indicates whether absolute or relative antenna heights are

being used.
antloclat
float
The antenna Latitude, defined on the Antenna tab for an LMU

antloclong
float
The antenna Longitude, defined on the Antenna tab for an

antseparation
float
The antenna height relative to the lowest antenna of a colocated cell site, defined on the Antenna tab for an LMU in the
Site Database.
anttype
number
Indicates the Antenna Type, defined on the Antenna tab for an

areaid
number
The Area ID, defined on the General tab for an LMU in the Site
Database.
bcfkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the LMU with a particular

BCF.
extinterference
float
The External Interference (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab

for an LMU in the Site Database.
feederlength
float
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antenna tab for an
feedertype
number
Indicates the feeder type, defined on the Antenna tab for an

gpsisused
number
Indicates whether the GPS antenna is used (1) or not (0). This
is defined on the Antenna tab for an LMU in the Site Database.
gpsloclat
float
The GPS antenna Latitude, defined on the Antenna tab for an

gpsloclong
float
The GPS antenna Longitude, defined on the Antenna tab for

an LMU in the Site Database.
lognodepk
number
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the LMU


Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
modelkey
number
modifyuser
number
parentkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the logical node with a

particular parent node.
parenttype
number
Indicates the type of parent node.
photofile
varchar2(255)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the LMU,

specified on the General tab for an LMU in the Site Database.
projectno
number
q1ipaddress
varchar2(32)
The Q1 (0-3999) or IP Address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx), defined on

the General tab for an LMU in the Site Database.
totantisolation
float
NOT USED.
Stores a unique number, associating a particular Prediction

Model with the LMU. This is defined on the General tab for an
not null
not null

the table.

database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGNODETRAFFIC
Name
Data Type
bitratedirakbs
float
The UL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab for a logical
node in Site Database.
bitratedirbkbs
float
The DL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab for a logical
node in Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
logconnfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular connection

with the logical node traffic.
lognodefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the traffic with a particular

logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
numsubscribers
float
The number of Subscribers for the traffic, defined on the Traffic

tab for a logical node in the Site Database.
permission
number
projectno
number
symmetric
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description

not null
not null

the table.

database.
Indicates whether the Symmetric Traffic option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Traffic tab for a
logical node in the Site Database.
Page 97
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
trafficpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node

traffic in the database.
usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
Table LOGNODETYPE
Name
DataType
description
varchar2(30)
lognode
typekey
number
Constraint
Description
Description of the object type, used to impose referential integrity on the
type fields in all tables.
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each logical node type defined in the
database.
Table LOGPLMN
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognetworkpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PLMN network

in the database.
mcc
varchar2(3)
The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the General tab for
a PLMN network in the Site Database.
mnc
varchar2(3)
The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the General tab for
a PLMN network in the Site Database.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognetworkpk) references the LOGNETWORK table
Table LOGRNC
Page 98
Name
DataType
functionid
varchar2(128)
lognodepk
number
Constraint
Description
The Function ID, defined on the General tab for a logical RNC in
the Site Database.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node in the
database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
manelemid
varchar2(128)
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
rncid
varchar2(10)
The Managed Element ID, defined on the General tab for a logical
RNC in the Site Database.
The RNC-Id, defined on the General tab for a logical RNC in the
Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGUMTSANTENNA
Name
Data Type
anttypefixed
number
anttypefk
number
azimuth
float
The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Antennas tab in

the Site Database.
azimuthfixed
number
NOT USED.
ccwwallbrg
number
NOT USED.
coordx
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the x axis.
coordy
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the y axis.
corrfactor
float
The download antenna correction factor/gain, defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
cwwallbrg
number
NOT USED.
downtilt
float
Stores the value of the downtilt on the antenna.
height
float
The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
heightfixed
number
NOT USED.
indexno
number
A number used to sequence the logical UMTS antennas.
lognodefk
number
maxlobetilt
number
NOT USED.
mechdownfixed
number
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
NOT USED.
not null
not null
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.
Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a particular

logical node.
table.
Page 99
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
permission
number
predradius
number
Indicates the prediction radius for the site. 0 represents the largest
prediction radius in the list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the
next and so on.
projectno
number
not null

database.
propmodelfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular prediction model

with the logical UMTS antenna.
repeater
number
Indicates if the Connected Repeater option has been selected (1)

or not (0).
sharedantenna
number
Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).
ulgaincorrfactor
float
not null
The upload antenna correction factor, defined on the Antennas tab

in the Site Database. WiMAX only.
umtsantpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical UMTS

antenna in the database.
usergroup
number
usewallbrg
number
NOT USED.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODEB table
Table LOGUMTSCAR
Page 100
Name
Data Type
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
number
idname
varchar2(32)
The Identity of the logical UMTS carrier.
lognodefk
number
Stores a unique number, associating the logical UMTS carrier with

a particular logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
res1dlho
number
res2dlho
number
res3dlho
number
res1dlpri
number
not null
Description

database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
res2dlpri
number
res3dlpri
number
res1dltot
number
res2dltot
number
res3dltot
number
res1ulho
number
res2ulho
number
res3ulho
number
res1ulpri
number
res2ulpri
number
res3ulpri
number
res1ultot
number
res2ultot
number
res3ultot
number
tgcarrierfk
number
Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS carrier with a

particular 3g carrier.
umtscarpk
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS carrier in

the database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table
Table LOGUMTSCELL
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
aichact
float
not null
The AICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
aichon
number
not null
Indicates whether the AICH Power Channel is ON (1) or

OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.
aichpwr
float
not null
The AICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
cellbgrndnoise
float
Stores the value of the cell background noise.
cellname
varchar2(32)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a UMTS

cell in the Site Database.
chanpowfixed
number
Indicates whether the UMTS Channel Power is fixed (1)

or not (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
commonchanpwr
float
Stores the common channel power in dBms.

Version 5.2.1
Page 101
Page 102
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
controlact
float
not null
The control activity, defined on the WiMAX Params tab

for a WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
controlpwr
float
not null
The control power (in dBm) (WiMAX).
coveragetype
number
Indicates the Coverage type, either Outdoor or Indoor,

defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
createdate
date
dlpower
float
Static analysis downlink traffic power.
dltrafpowbal
float
Load balancing downlink traffic power.
downlinkloadinglevel
float
Downlink Loading Level (%).
dschontdd
number
not null
Indicates whether the DSCH channel is on (1) or not

(0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS
cell in the Site Database. TDD only.
dschpwrtdd
number
not null
The DSCH power (in dBM), defined on the WiMAX

Params tab in the Site Database dialog box. TDD only.
handovermargin
float
HSDPAPowFixed
number
idname
varchar2(32)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical

UMTS cell in the database.
lac
number
The Location Area Code (LAC), defined on the General

lcr
number
NOT USED.
linkpowoffcet
float
The Link Power Offset (in dB), defined on the

Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
localcellid
number
The Local Cell Id, defined on the General tab for a

lognodefk
number
Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS cell

maxactivesetsize
number
The Active Set Size, defined on the Cell Params tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradiusback
float
The Maximum Cell Radius (Back) (in km) defined on

the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradiusfront
float
The Maximum Cell Radius (Front) (in km) defined on

maxhsdpapwr
float
maxtxdlpowfixed
number
Indicates whether the Max Tx Power is fixed (1) or not

(0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS
maxtxpowconn
float
The Max DL Power per Connection (in dBm), defined

on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
maxtxpower
float
The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Handover Margin (dB).

not null
not null
Indicates whether the HSDPA Link Power Fixed check

box is selected (1) or not (0).
The HSDPA Link Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell


Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
mintxpowconn
float
The Min DL Power per Connection (in dBm), defined on

the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

multipathtype
number
Indicates the Multipath Environment Factor - Heavy

Multipath, Light Multipath or Mixed. This is defined on
multiuser
detectionfactor
float
Multi User Detection Factor (0-1). TDD only.
noiserise
float
The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the Cell

noiserisebal
float
The Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Load&Power Ctrl

numcodegrps
number
The Number of Code Groups in Neighbour Cells,

defined on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the
Site Database.
numcodes
number
The Number of Codes in Neighbour Cells, defined on

the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
orthogfactor
float
The Orthogonality Factor, defined on the Cell Params

otsrconfig
number
not null
Indicates whether the Use OTSR Configuration option

has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
General tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
otsrsplitterloss
float
not null
The OTSR Splitter Loss, defined on the Cell Params

pccpchon
number
not null
Indicates whether the P-CCPCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
pichact
float
not null
The PICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

pichon
number
not null
Indicates whether the PICH Power Channel is ON (1) or

OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
pichpwr
float
not null
The PICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

pilotpower
float
projectno
number
not null

in a database.
pschon
number
not null
Indicates whether the P-SCH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
rac
number
The Routing Area Code (RAC), defined on the General

refbitrate
number
The Reference DL Bitrate (bps), defined on the

Database.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
The Pilot Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

Page 103
Page 104
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
refdlebno
float
relpwrs
number
res1dlho
number
The DL Max # of Handover channels, defined on the

Resource tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
res2dlho
number

res3dlho
number

res1dlpri
number
The DL Max # of Primary channels, defined on the

res2dlpri
number

res3dlpri
number

res1dltot
number
The DL Total # of Resources, defined on the Resource

res2dltot
number

res3dltot
number

res1ulho
number
The UL Max # of Handover channels, defined on the

res2ulho
number

res3ulho
number

res1ulpri
number
The UL Max # of Primary channels, defined on the

res2ulpri
number

res3ulpri
number

res1ultot
number
The UL Total # of Resources, defined on the Resource

res2ultot
number

res3ultot
number

rxsens
float
sac
number
sccpchact
float
The Reference DL Eb/No (in dB), defined on the

Database.
not null
not null
Indicates whether the CCCH Powers Relative To Pilot

is set to YES (1) or NO (0). This is defined on the Cell
The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the WiMAX

Params tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
The Service Area Code (SAC), defined on the General
not null
The S-CCPCH Power Activity Factor, defined on the

Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
sccpchon
number
not null
Indicates whether the S-CCPCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
scramblingcode
number
The Scrambling Code, defined on the Cell Params tab

scramcodegrp
number
The Scrambling Code Group, defined on the Cell

seccmnchpow
float
The secondary common channel power.
secsynchpow
float
The secondary synchronisation channel power.
softhosrchwnd
float
The Soft Handover Window (in dB), defined on the Cell

sschon
number
not null
Indicates whether the S-SCH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
subchannel
number
not null
Sub-Channelisation
suphsdpa
number
not null
Indicates whether the HSDPA Support option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the HSDPA
synchchanpwr
float
technology
number
txpowfixed
number
Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL

Power per Connection has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS
ulnoiserise
float
The Uplink Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Cell

umtscarfk
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular UMTS

carrier with the UMTS cell.
umtscellid
number
The UMTS Cell Id, defined on the General tab for a

umtscellpk
number
ura
number
This field defines UTRAN registration area.
utranra1
number
The URA 1 value, defined on the General tab for a

utranra8
number
The URA 8 value, defined on the General tab for a

wimaxtxpwr
number
The WiMAX transmitter power (in dBM), defined on the

WiMAX Params tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.
wlcseid
number
The WLCSE ID, defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS

The synchronised channel power.

not null
not null
The technology type of the cell.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

cell in the database.
(and so on up to )
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + umtscarfk) references the LOGUMTSCAR table

Version 5.2.1
Page 105
Table LOGUMTSFEEDER
Page 106
Name
Data Type
Constraint
corrfactor
float
Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the cell

equipment used, if necessary. A positive value represents a gain
and a negative value a loss.
createdate
date
createuser
number
dlgain
float
The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
feedertypefk
number
length
float
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for a
maxpapower
float
Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.
mhamptypefk
number
mhgain_db
float
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
noise_db
float
The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
otherlosses
float
The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
permission
number
projectno
number
rxdiv
number
Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been selected (1)

or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS cell in
the Site Database.
txdiv
number
Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been selected (1)

or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS cell in
the Site Database.
ulgain
float
The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS
umtsantfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a particular

UMTS antenna.
umtscellfk
number
not null

UMTS cell.
umtsfeedpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS feeder in

the database.
usergroup
number
not null
not null
not null
not null
Description
Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas tab for a

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas tab for a


the table.

database.


Version 5.2.1
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + umtsantfk) references the LOGUMTSANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + umtscellfk) references the LOGUMTSCELL table
Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bitratekey
number
not null
Primary key, uniquely identifying 3g bitrates.
cellaykey
number
not null
Primary key associates carrier layers to cell layers in the site

database.
createuser
number
modifyuser
number
priority
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
servicekey
number
not null
Primary key uniquely identifies each service.
not null
table.
Indicates the priority of the serving cell.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bitratekey) references the TGBITRATE table
FK3 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table
Table SRVCELLPRIOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellaykey
integer
not null
Primary key associates carrier layers to the various cell layers in

the site database.
createuser
integer
modifyuser
integer
priority
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
servicekey
integer
not null
Primary key identifying the number of the project the user has
permissions for in the site database.
not null
table.
Stores 3g carrier priorities.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table

Version 5.2.1
Page 107
Table TGBITRATE
Page 108
Name
DataType
Constraint
activul
float
The Uplink (UL) CS Activity Factor (in %).
activdl
float
The Downlink (DL) CS Activity Factor (in %).
bandwidth
number
The channel bandwidth (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Bearers dialog box.
ber1
float
The FER for Eb/No -4 dB, defined on the Noise Services

tab of the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
ber2
float
The FER for Eb/No -2 dB, defined on the Noise Services

ber3
float
The FER for Eb/No 0 dB, defined on the Noise Services

ber4
float

ber5
float

ber6
float

ber7
float

ber8
float

ber9
float

ber10
float

bitratekey
number
bler1
float
Stores the block error rate Eb/No 0 set on the Services

tab.
bler2
float

tab.
bler3
float

tab.
bler4
float

tab.
bler5
float

tab.
bler6
float

tab.
bler7
float

tab.
bler8
float

tab.
bler9
float

tab.
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each bearer in

the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
bler10
float

tab.
brdirection
number
The Link Direction, either Uplink or Downlink.
chiprate
number
The selected Chip Rate selected in the Bearers dialog

box. For UMTS TDD only.
codingscheme
varchar2(10)
NOT USED.
codingschemetype
number
The AMC scheme defined in the WiMAX Bearers dialog

box.
colour
number
Colour chosen (for Map View Display purposes) in the

Bearers dialog box. For UMTS TDD only.
createdate
date
createuser
number

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
dataoffset
float
dlai
number
The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on

the Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab
(for a CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog
box.
dlchans
float
The number of Channels on the downlink, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
dlctrlohead
float
The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the downlink, defined

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
dluser
number
The User bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on the

Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.
ebnodlac
float
Stores the Eb/No downlink acceptable.
ebnodltg
float
Stores the Eb/No downlink target.
ebnoulac
float
Stores the Eb/No uplink acceptable.
ebnoultg
float
Stores the Eb/No uplink target.
grossdatarate
number
NOT USED.
hsdparatefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular HSDPA

coding rate with a HSDPA bearer.
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the bearer.
minamrfullratedb
float
Stores full adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.
minamrhalfratedb
float
Stores half adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.
minfullratedb
float
Stores CI full adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.
minhalfratedb
float
Stores CI half adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
nettype
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
The Data Offset (dB), defined on the General tab of the

EV-DO Bearers dialog box.

Indicates the network type.
Page 109
Page 110
Name
DataType
Constraint
numcodes
number
Number of codes. TD-SCDMA only.
numtimeslots
number
Number of timeslots. TD-SCDMA only.
pccpchsirtarget
float
PCCPCH SIR Target (dB).
permission
number
NOT USED.
projectno
number
rccodingtype
varchar2(32)
The Radio Configuration Coding type, either Convolutional

or Turbo. This is defined on the General tab of the
CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
rcdownlink
number
The Radio Configuration for the downlink, defined on the

General tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
rcframelength
number
The Radio Configuration Frame Length, defined on the

rcuplink
number
The Radio Configuration for the uplink, defined on the

reqecio
float
The Required DL Pilot Ec/Io, defined on the Eb/Nt Values

tab of the EV-DO or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
res0consump to
res5consump
number
The consumption for the different resource types, defined

spare1 to spare4
float
NOT USED.
subchannel
number
The sub-channelisation defined in the WiMAX Bearers

dialog box.
supportamr
number
Supported adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology.
supporthalfrate
number
Field stores 2G / 2.5G Bearers.
switchingtype
number
The technology type chosen.
techtype
number
throughputpertimeslot
number
Throughput per timeslot per code. UMTS TDD only.
ulai
number
The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.
ulchans
float
The number of Channels on the uplink, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
ulctrlohead
float
The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the uplink, defined

uluser
number
The User bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the

CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) in the Bearers dialog box.
usergroup
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.
v0-v11
float
The table values for soft Mobile TX Power Gain, defined

on the TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers
dialog box.
v12-v23
float
The table values for softer Mobile TX Power Gain, defined

on the TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers
dialog box.
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Indicates the technology type of the bearer, either UMTS

(0) or HSDPA (1).

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
v24-v35
float
The table values for soft Average Power Rise Gain,

defined on the PR Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO)
Bearers dialog box.
v36-v47
float
The table values for softer Average Power Rise Gain,

defined on the PR Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO)
Bearers dialog box.
v48-v59
float
The table values for soft Power Control Headroom gain,

defined on the PCH Gain tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog
box.
v60-v71
float
The table values for softer Power Control Headroom gain,

defined on the PCH Gain tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog
box.
v72-v83
float
The table values for Downlink Eb/Io Target Reduction,

defined on the Downlink Gain tab of the CDMA2000
Bearers dialog box.
v84-v86
float
The table values for Power Control Headroom, defined on

the Power Control tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v87-v89
float
The table values for Average Power Rise, defined on the

Power Control tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v90-v92
float
The table values for uplink Eb/No speed dependency,

defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the UMTS
Bearers dialog box.
v93-v95
float
The table values for uplink Eb/No speed dependency with

diversity, defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the
UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v96-v98
float
The table values for downlink Eb/No speed dependency,

defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the UMTS
Bearers dialog box.
v99- v101
float
The table values for downlink Eb/No speed dependency

with diversity, defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab
of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
Table TGCARRIER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandwidth
float
not null
The carrier bandwidth (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.
carrierkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS carrier in

the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
downlinkch
number
The Downlink (DL) Channel Number, defined on the UMTS

Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.

Version 5.2.1
Page 111
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
frequency
float
not null
The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the UMTS carrier.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
NOT USED.
priority
number
Stores 3g carrier priorities.
projectno
number
uplinkch
number
The Uplink (UL) Channel Number, defined on the UMTS Carriers

tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.
usergroup
number


not null
not null

the table.

database.
Table TGCARRIERADJ
Page 112
Name
DataType
Constraint
carrier
number
The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX Carriers dialog
box.
createdate
date
createuser
number
dlatt
float
The downlink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
rowindex
number
not null
Primary key, storing the adjacency index number, between 0 and

30 inclusive.
tgcarrierfk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each WiMAX carrier in

the database.
ulatt
float
The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.
usergroup
number

not null
Description

the table.

Version 5.2.1
Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS
Name
DataType
clutcon
float
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
fadeind
float
Value for the standard deviation shadow fading (indoor).
fadeout
float
Value for the standard deviation shadow fading (outdoor).
indloss
float
Value for the indoor penetration loss.
indper
float
NOT USED.
key
number
orthloss
float
projectno
number
not null

database.
technologytype
number
not null
Indicates the technology type employed.
Stores optimisation data for tgclutter pathloss.

not null
not null
Primary key identifying the type of clutter.
Primary key, storing the unique key value.

NOT USED.
Table TGRESTYPE
Name
Data Type
airinterface
number
Indicates whether the Air Interface option on the UMTS

Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or not (0).
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.
idname
varchar2(32)
The name of the resource, defined in the UMTS Resources

dialog box.
ishsdpa
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

the table.
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
resourcekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each resource in a

database.
usergroup
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
Indicates whether the HSDPA Resource option on the UMTS

Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or not (0).

Page 113
Table TGSERVBIT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bitratekey
number
not null
Primary key, which references a bitrate type in the TGBITRATE

table.
cp0 to cp31
number
The CDMA2000 carrier that has the highest priority in this service,
up to the carrier that has the lowest priority. This is set on the
Carriers tab of CDMA2000 Service.
createuser
number
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
pwract
float
not null
The Power Activity (%) of a bearer, given on the UMTS DL Bearers

tab for a Service.
resact
float
not null
The Resource Activity (%) of a bearer, given on the UMTS DL

Bearers tab for a Service.
servicekey
number
not null
Primary key, which references a service type in the TGSERVICE

table.
tptact
float
not null
The Throughput Activity (%) of a bearer, which is calculated based

on the power activity. This is used when the Override Packet Model
Activity option is selected.
weight
float
The weight of this association between service and bitrate.
Table TGSERVICE
Page 114
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
alpha
float
NOT USED.
blerdl
float
The Block Error Rate (BLER) Working Point for the downlink,
defined on the Packet Switched tab of the UMTS Service,
CDMA2000 Service Types or the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.
blerul
float
The Block Error Rate (BLER) Working Point for the uplink,
defined on the Packet Switched tab of the UMTS Service,
CDMA2000 Service Types or the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.
carriers
number
Stores the number of each carrier defined on the service.
cirpack
number
Indicates whether the service is circuit (1) or packet switched

(0). This is defined on the General tab of the UMTS Service or
CDMA2000 Service Types dialog box.
cp0 to cp31
number
The CDMA2000 carrier that has the highest priority in this

service, to the carrier with the lowest priority. This is set on the
Carriers tab of the CDMA2000 Service Types and EV-DO
Service Types dialog boxes, and the Carriers/Layers tab of the
UMTS Service dialog box.
createdate
date

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
createuser
number
csactdl
float
The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on the

downlink, defined on the General tab of the UMTS Service and
CDMA2000 Service Types dialog boxes.
csactul
float
The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on the uplink,

defined on the General tab of the UMTS Service and
CDMA2000 Service Types dialog boxes.
dlusrbtr
float
The downlink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params tab of
the WiMAX Services dialog box.
gtbitratedl
number
Guaranteed bit rate on the downlink.
gtbitrateul
number
Guaranteed bit rate uplink.
idname
varchar2(32)
ignorpri
number
Indicates whether the Ignore Priorities option has been selected

(1) or not (0). This is set on the Carriers tab of the CDMA2000
Service Types and EV-DO Service Types dialog boxes, and the
Carriers/Layers tab of the UMTS Service dialog box.
intpktarrtimdl
float
The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the downlink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
intpktarrtimul
float
The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the uplink, defined

on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
float
Future quality of service parameters.
float
Future quality of service parameters.
maxnumretransdl
integer
The maximum number of times a service will try and retransmit

before it times out (ARQ Max # Retransmission), defined on the
Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnbitdl
number
Mean downlink bit rate.
mnbitul
number
Mean uplink bit rate.
mncalldl
number
The Mean # packet calls/session on the downlink, defined on

the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mncallul
number
The Mean # packet calls/session on the uplink, defined on the

mnpktardl
float
Mean packet inter arrival time on the downlink.
mnpktarul
float
Mean packet inter arrival time on the uplink.
mnpktcldl
number
Mean # of packets in a call on the downlink, defined on the

mnpktclul
number
Mean # of packets in a call on the uplink, defined on the Packet

Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnpktszdl
number
Mean packet size (in bytes) on the downlink, defined on the

mnpktszul
number
Mean packet size (in bytes) on the uplink, defined on the Packet
Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnreaddl
float
Reading time between calls (in seconds) on the downlink,

mnreadul
float
Mean ready time between calls (in seconds) on the uplink,

mnstodl
float
Mean downlink session timeout.
modifydate
date

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
The Service Name.
Page 115
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
mxbitratedl
number
Maximum downlink bit rate.
mxbitrateul
number
Maximum uplink bit rate.
nettype
number
The network type.
overrideact
number
permission
number
NOT USED.
precedenceclass
number
The Precedence Class - Premium (1), Standard (2) or Best

Effort (3). This is defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
Services dialog box.
pricstraf
number
Indicates whether circuit-switched traffic is prioritised (1) or not

(0).
projectno
number
rc0dlcheck to
rc9dlcheck
number
Indicates whether the downlink RCs0-9 have been selected (1)

on the RC Priorities tab (for a CDMA2000 Service Type) or not
(0).
rc0dlpriority to
rc9dlpriority
number
Indicates the downlink priority number for RCs0-9.
retransdl
float
Retransmission rate on the downlink.
retransul
float
Retransmission rate on the uplink.
servicekey
number
todl
float
Data field representing timeout on the downlink.
toul
number
Data field representing timeout on the uplink.
trafficcls
number
The Traffic Class for packet-switched traffic, defined on the

ulusrbtr
float
The uplink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params tab of the
WiMAX Services dialog box.
usergroup
number

usesoftho
number
Indicates whether the Support Soft Handoff option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the General tab on the
GSM + EGPRS + UMTS + CDMA Service Types dialog box.
usesuppho
number
NOT USED.
not null
not null
not null
Indicates whether the Override Packet Model Activity option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the UMTS DL
Bearers tab of the Service dialog box.

database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each service in the

database.
Table TGSHOG
Page 116
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
NOT USED.
createuser
number
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
NOT USED.
modifyuser
number
not null
Description
NOT USED.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
permission
number
projectno
number
not null
NOT USED.
shogkey
number
not null
NOT USED.
usergroup
number
NOT USED.
v1
float
NOT USED.
float
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
(and so on up to )
v24
Table TGTERMSERV
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
priority
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
servicekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each 3g service in the

database.
termtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a particular

terminal type with the 3g service.
The priority of each 3g service in the service/terminal type

relationship.
Table UMTSCODE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each code in the code
group.
codegroup
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each code group in a

UMTS Scrambling Code Schema.
createdate
date
createuser
number
key
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
networktype
number
not null
Network sub-type
permission
number
projectno
number

Version 5.2.1
not null
Primary key storing a unique value for the UMTS code.

not null

database.
Page 117
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
schemakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the code with a

particular UMTS scrambling code schema.
schemaname
varchar2(32)
not null
The Schema Name, defined in the Scrambling Code Schemas

dialog box.
usergroup
number

Table UMTSCODESCHEMA
Page 118
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
createuser
number
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The Schema Name, defined in the UMTS Scrambling Code Schema

dialog box.
key
number
not null
Primary key which uniquely identifies the UMTS code schema.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
networktype
number
not null
Network sub-type.
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the default
group they belong to and all other users. For more information on this,
see About Permissions.
not null

created the object.

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 7

The following table describes the project database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
ANTENNA
The antennas, defined in

the Antennas dialog box
cellantennakey
FK1 - cellkey
YES
Back to back passive

repeater antennas
backtobackantenna_pk
FK1 - linkfk
YES
BACKTOBACKANTENNA
projectno
prlinkend_fk
FK2 - prlinkend_fk
FK3 - prlinkfk
projectno
BCF
BSC
CARLAYDATA
BCFs, defined in the Site

Database
bcfkey
BSCs, defined in the Site

Database
Carrier layers allocated to
each cell layer or subcell
in the Site Database
FK1 - bcftypekey
YES
projectno
FK1 - sitekey
YES
sitekey
FK2 - addresskey
carlaykey
FK1 - carlaykey
cellaydatafk
FK2 - cellaykey
projectno
FK3 - cellaydatafk
projectno
YES
FK4 - cellkey
CARRIERS
CELLAYDATA
CELLEXCEPT
CELLSITES
YES
carlaykey
FK1 - carlaykey
carriernumber
FK2 - cellaykey
cellaydatafk
FK3 - cellaydatafk
projectno
FK4 - cellkey
Cell layers or subcells

allocated to cells in the
Site Database
cellaydatapk
FK1 - cellaykey
projectno
FK2 - cellkey
Exception separation
requirements between
cells, defined on a cell-bycell basis in the Site
Database
cellkey
FK1 - cellkey
YES
BTS sites, defined in the

Site Database
projectno
FK1 - sitekey
YES
sitekey
FK2 - sitekey
Carriers assigned to
different carrier layers on
subcells in the Site
Database
YES
excellkey
projectno
FK3 - addresskey
CIXLAT

Version 5.2.1
Cell information, for use in

both ASSET3G and
OPTIMA
assetpno
NO
key
Page 119
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
CLDANTENNA
Relationships between
each antenna
configuration on a cell and
subcells or cell layers
cellantennakey
FK1 - cellantennakey
YES
cellaydatafk
FK2 - cellaykey
projectno
FK3 - cellaydatafk
FK4 - cellkey
COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
COMPOUNDARRAYTERM
Compound Array
Expressions, defined in
the Compound Arrays
dialog box.
compoundarrayexpkey
Compound Array Terms,

defined in the Compound
Arrays dialog box.
compoundarrayexpkey
NO
projectno
NO
compoundarraytermkey
projectno
CONTACTPERSON
DISTRIBUTION
FAXNUMBER
FOLDERS
Contact details, defined in

the Contact Persons
dialog box
personkey
Distribution nodes, defined

in the Site Database
projectno
FK1 - sitekey
sitekey
FK2 - addresskey
Contact fax numbers,

defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box
faxkey
User-defined folders used

in the projects
folderkey
NO
projectno
YES
NO
projectno
NO
foldertype
projectno
GENERICNBR
Cell neighbours created in

the projects
YES
carrierkey
nbrcarrierkey
nbrkey
nbrtech
parentkey
parenttech
projectno
GENREPEATER
GRAPH
Repeaters, defined in the

Site Database
lognodepk
The co-ordinates for any

2.5g graphs
abscissa
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
projectno
NO
graphkey
graphlisttype
ordinate
projectno
GRAPHLIST
Any 2.5g graph curves
NO
graphkey
graphlisttype
projectno
GSMCELL
Page 120
Cells associated with BTS

sites, created in a GSM or
AMPS/TDMA network.
cellkey
FK1 - sitekey
projectno
FK2 - modelkey

Version 5.2.1
YES
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
HDRDLKPARAMS
EV-DO downlink
parameters, used in
ASSET3G
hdrdlkparamspk
IS95 carriers
is95carpk
IS95CARRIER
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
LOGIS95ANTENNA
LOGIS95BS
LOGIS95BSC
LOGIS95CAR
LOGIS95CLSITE
LOGIS95CLUSTER
LOGIS95FEEDER
LOGIS95MSC
LOGIS95SECCAR
LOGIS95SECTOR
MSC
PHONENUMBER
PLMN
REPEATER
REPEATERCELL
SIMTRAF
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
is95carpk
FK1 - is95carpk
YES
projectno
FK2 - logbsfk
IS95 carrier layer sites in

logical networks
is95bspk
FK1 - is95clusterfk
IS95 clusters in logical

networks
is95clusterpk
IS95 feeders in logical

networks
is95feedpk
FK1 - is95antfk
projectno
FK2 - is95sectorfk
IS95 MSCs in logical

networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
IS95 sector carriers in

logical networks
projectno
FK1 - carrierfk
YES
seccarpk
FK2 - sectorfk
IS95 sectors in logical

networks
projectno
FK1 - logbsfk
YES
MSCs, defined in the Site

Database
projectno
FK1 - addresskey
YES
Contact telephone
numbers for contacts
defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box
phonekey
FK1 - personkey
NO
PLMN networks, defined in

the Site Database
plmnname
Repeaters, defined in the

Site Database
projectno
FK1 - addresskey
sitekey
FK2 - cellkey
Transmitters associated
with repeaters
cellkey
FK1 - modelkey
projectno
FK2 - sitekey
Served traffic from the 3g

Simulator (including
handover traffic)
projectno
FK1 - lognodebfk
trafficpk
FK2 - tgdlbitratefk
IS95 antennas in logical

networks
is95antpk
IS95 BSs in logical

networks
lognodepk
IS95 BSCs in logical

networks
lognodepk
IS95 carriers in logical

networks
projectno
projectno
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
sectorpk
sitekey
projectno
NO
projectno
YES
YES
YES
FK3 - tgulbitratefk
FK4 - tgservicefk

Version 5.2.1
Page 121
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
SITEADDRESS
Address details for

contacts, defined in the
Property Management
dialog box
addresskey
The speed of the terminal

mobile
code
TERMMOBSPEED
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
FK1 - termtypekey
YES
projectno
termtypekey
VECPROJECT
Any vectors defined in the

projects
NO
projectno
vecid
Table ANTENNA
Page 122
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
antennakey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular cell.
anttypefixed
number
NOT USED
azimuth
number
The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Antennas tab

for a cell in the Site Database.
azimuthfixed
number
NOT USED
ccwwallbrg
number
NOT USED
cellantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cellular antenna

in the database.
cellkey
number
not null

particular cell.
corrfactor
float
The antenna correction factor, defined on the Antennas tab for a

createdate
date
createuser
number
cwwallbrg
number
NOT USED
feederkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular feeder with the

antenna.
feederlength
float
The length of the feeder (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for a
height
float
The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for a cell
heightfixed
number
NOT USED
lat
float
The latitude, defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the Site
Database.
lon
float
The longitude, defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the Site
Database.
maxlobetilt
number
NOT USED
mechdownfixed
number
NOT USED
modifydate
date

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
permission
number
projectno
number
sharedantenna
number
slotnumber
number
The slot number of the antenna, defined on the Antennas tab for
a cell in the Site Database.
tilt
float
The amount of antenna elevation in degrees. A positive value

indicates uptilt, and a negative value indicates downtilt.
usergroup
number

usewallbrg
number
NOT USED
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table.
Table ATTACHMENTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attachkey
number
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each attachment in the

database.
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments for the attachment.
filename
varchar2(255)
The name of the attached file.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
sitekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the attachment

with a particular network element.

Version 5.2.1
Page 123
Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA
Name
DataType
antennaheight
float
Constraint
Description
backtoback
antenna_pk
number
dryradomeloss
float
The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna, defined on the
Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a back to back
passive repeater.
easting
float
The easting co-ordinate value for the antenna, defined on the

passive repeater.
linkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the back to back passive

repeater antenna to a particular link.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
mwantenna_fk
number
References an instance of a microwave antenna.
northing
float
The northing co-ordinate value for the antenna, defined on the

passive repeater.
overrideactelev
number
Indicates whether the Actual Elevation of the antenna has been

overridden (1) or not (0).
overrideantdir
number
Indicates whether the antenna Direction has been overridden (1) or

not (0).
polarisation
number
Indicates the polarisation of the antenna, either horizontal (1) or

vertical (0).
prlinkend_fk
number
not null
Primary key, associating the back to back antenna with a particular

linkend.
prlinkfk
number
not null
References an instance of a passive repeater.
projectno
number
not null

database.
tilt
float
NOT USED.
useractelev
float
The user defined Active Elevation, defined on the Antenna A/B

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a back to back passive
repeater.
userantdir
float
The user defined antenna Direction, defined on the Antenna A/B

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a back to back passive
repeater.
wetradomeloss
float
The Wet Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna, defined on the
passive repeater..
The height of the antenna in m, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab

of the Linkend Settings tab for a back to back passive repeater.
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each back to back

passive repeater antenna.
Foreign Keys:
Page 124
FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlinkend_fk) references the PRLINKEND table
FK3 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

Version 5.2.1
Table BCF
Name
DataType
Constraint
address
varchar2(81)
Stores the ID of the Property that contains the BCF.
bcfid
number
The ID code used to identify the BCF.
bcfkey
number
bcftypekey
number
Foreign key that describes the BCFTYPE to which a particular BCF

is linked.
createdate
date
createuser
number
idname
varchar2(32)
Stores the names provided for each BCF in the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
name
varchar2(81)
Stores the name of the BCF.
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
sitekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the BCF with a particular site.
usergroup
number
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique value for each BCF in the database.
table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bcftypekey) references the BCFTYPE table
Table BSC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
addresskey
number
not null
Foreign key to the siteaddress table, where the particular address

of this BSC is stored.
bscnetworkid
number
Field that stores an identification value for each BSC.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each BSC.
createdate
date
createuser
number
directkey
number
The numerical reference for the BSC in DIRECT (Only populated

when the BSC is synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with the object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the BSC (in m), defined on the General tab
for a BSC in the Site Database.

Version 5.2.1
Page 125
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The BSC Identity, defined on the General tab for a BSC in the Site
Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
msckey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the BSC with a particular

MSC.
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the BSC, defined
on the General tab for a BSC in the Site Database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
sitekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the BSC with a

particular site.
sitename
varchar2(32)
The user-defined 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a BSC
sitename2
varchar2(32)
The user-defined 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a BSC
smlcid
varchar2(32)
srchrad
float
Stores the search radius defined for each network element.
usergroup
number

not null
not null
table.
The SMLC Identity, defined on the SMLC tab for a BSC in the Site
Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the MSC table
Table CARLAYDATA
Page 126
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
number
not null
database.
cellaydatafk
number
not null
Primary key, referencing a particular CELLAYDATA table.
cellaykey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the carrier layers to a

particular cell layer.
cellkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the carrier/cell layer to a

particular cell.
channeltype
varchar2 (256)
Field storing the channel type value.
maxcarriers
number
The maximum number of carriers, defined on the Carriers tab for a

cell layer in the Site Database.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
required
number
The number of carriers required, defined on the Carriers tab for a

trxids
varchar2(33)
Stores the IDs of the TRXs set for the carrier layer.
trxrequired
number
The number of TRXs required for the carrier layer, defined on the
Carriers tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
type
number
Indicates whether the carrier layer is non-hopping (0), hopping (1),

associated MA list (2) or allocated MA list (3).
Foreign Keys:
FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table
FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table
Table CARRIERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating each carrier

with a particular carrier layer.
carriernumber
number
not null
Primary foreign key that references and stores the ARFCN

numbers that have been allocated as forbidden, allocated or fixed
to each cell layer.
cellaydatafk
number
not null
cellaykey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating each carrier (layer) with a

particular cell layer.
cellkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating each carrier/cell layer with a

particular cell.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
state
number
Indicates whether the carriers selected on the cell layer are

allocated (0), forbidden (1) or fixed (2). See About States in the
CARRIERS Table on page 128 for more information.
Foreign Keys:

Version 5.2.1
Page 127
About States in the CARRIERS Table

In the Site Database, the carriers available to the project can be set in one of three
states on each cell layer. When this has been set, a new entry appears in the Carriers
table.
The state is calculated by dividing the carrier number by 256, the remainder equals
the state. For example: 513/256 = 2 remainder 1.
This table shows the codes for states:
Code
State
Allocated
Forbidden
Allocated and Forbidden
INVALID STATE.
Fixed
INVALID STATE.
Allocated and Fixed
Forbidden and Fixed
INVALID STATE.
Forbidden, Fixed and Allocated
INVALID STATE.
The carrier state is found by dividing the carrier number by 256. For example:
512/256 = 2.
This table shows the codes for carrier states:
Code
Carrier State
Active
Idle
Released
Locked
Deleted
You can set the default carrier state by using your own registry key
DefaultCarrierState set to Active, Idle, Released, Locked or Deleted (case sensitive). If
none of these is found or the registry key does not exist, ENTERPRISE will use a
default carrier status of Active.
Table CELLAYDATA
Page 128
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
activationthresh
float
The HR (Half Rate) Activation Threshold (in % of TS

allocated), defined on the General tab for a cell layer in the
Site Database.
averdrts
float
Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot. This value is

generated when a user creates a GPRS data rate array,
and is used in the traffic analysis calculations. It is displayed
in the traffic analysis report.
bcfkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular BCF with

the cell layer.
btsid
number
Stores the BTS ID for the cell layer.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
ccs
number
cellaydatapk
number
not null
cellaykey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each cell layer in the database.
cellid
varchar2(32)
cellkey
number
comparison
number
Indicates whether the coverage boundaries of the cell layer

are set based on the signal strength (SS) of the signal (0) or
the path loss (PL) from the antenna (1). This is defined on
the General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
createdate
date
dedicatedpbcch
number
Indicates whether a Dedicated Packet BCCH is used (1) or

not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for a cell layer
dynamic
number
Indicates whether the user has chosen to dynamically set

the size of the overlaid coverage (1) or use a set path loss
(0). This is defined on the General tab for a cell layer in the
Site Database.
ecsdenabled
number
Indicates whether the cell layer is ECSD enabled (1) or not

(0). This is defined on the HSCSD/ECSD tab for a cell layer
edgeapd
float
Stores the 8-PSK Average Power Decrease (APD), defined

on the Antenna/TRX tab for a cell layer in the Site
Database.
edgeaverdrts
float
Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot for EDGE. This
value is generated when a user creates an EGPRS data
rate array, and is used in the traffic analysis calculations. It
is displayed in the traffic analysis report.
edgeenabled
number
Indicates whether the cell layer is EGPRS enabled (1) or

not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for a cell layer
edgegprsmix
float
The proportion (in %) of EGPRS traffic to GPRS traffic in

the cell layer.
edgehscsdmix
float
The proportion (in %) of EGPRS traffic to HSCSD traffic in

the cell layer .
edgemcs
number
Mask number, which indicates which families of MCS

curves are enabled.
egprstraffic
float
The EGPRS traffic value (in kbit/s), defined on the (E)GPRS

tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
gprsenabled
number
Indicates whether the cell layer is GPRS enabled (1) or not

(0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for a cell layer in
the Site Database.
gprstraffic
float
The GPRS traffic value (in kbit/s), defined on the (E)GPRS

hoppingstate
number
Indicates whether frequency hopping on the cell layer has

been enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Hopping

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
The Channel Coding Scheme(s) supported by the cell CCS1 (1), CCS2 (2), and so on. This is defined on the
(E)GPRS tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
NOT USED.
not null
Stores a unique number associating the cell layer with a

particular cell.
Page 129
Page 130
Name
DataType
Constraint
hoppingtype
number
If frequency hopping has been enabled, indicates whether

the hopping type is Baseband (0) or Synthesised (1). This is
defined on the Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site
Database.
hscsdtraffic
float
The HSCSD traffic value (in Erlangs).
hsn
number
If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the Hopping

Sequence Number for the cell layer. This is defined on the
Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
maio
number
If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the MAIO value for

the cell layer. This is defined on the Hopping tab for a cell
layer in the Site Database.
maiooffset
number
If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the MAIO Offset

value for the cell layer. This is defined on the Hopping tab
for a cell layer in the Site Database.
malid
number
If frequency hopping is enabled, this stores the MA List ID

for the cell layer. This is defined on the Hopping tab for a
master_bts
number
Indicates whether the BTS on the cell layer is the master

BTS (1) or not (0). This is defined on the BCF tab for a cell
modelkey
number
The prediction model assigned to the cell layer, defined on

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
non_bcch_offset
number
The Non BCCH Offset, defined on the BCF tab for a cell
outpowfixed
number
Specifies the TRX output power for the various cell layers
defined within the database.
outputpower
float
NOT USED.
overflowload
thresh
float
The overflow load threshold (in % of TS allocated), defined

on the General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
predstate
number
Indicates whether the prediction model assigned to the cell

layer has been overridden (1) or not (0).
projectno
number
signaloffset
float
The Signal Offset (in dB) for the cell layer, defined on the
General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
signalthreshold
float
The Signal Threshold (in dBm) for the cell layer, defined on
subcellid
varchar(32)
The SubCell ID, defined on the General tab for a cell layer
subcellname
varchar(32)
The SubCell Name, defined on the General tab for a cell

tathreshold
number
The Timing Advance (TA) Threshold, defined on the

General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
totaltrxalloc
number
The total number of TRXs allocated to a cell, across all

carrier layers.
trafdes
float
Stores the antenna configuration associated with the subcell.
not null
not null
Description

to the table.

database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
traffic
float
Traffic value that suggests how many subscribers are using

the coverage of this particular cell layer.
trugroup
number
Stores the percentage of traffic to be handled by the

overlaid coverage of the overall total.
Foreign Keys:
Table CELLEXCEPT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the exception

with a particular cell.
excellkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the exception

with the Exception Cell, defined on the Exceptions tab for a cell in
the Site Database.
exsitekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number that associates the Exception cell with a

particular site.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
separation
number
sitekey
number
The separation value for the Exception Cell, defined on the

Exceptions tab for a cell in the Site Database.
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the exception to a particular

site.
Foreign Keys:
Table CELLSITES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
addresskey
number
not null

of this Cell Site is stored.
ampbitrate
number
Stores the bit rate with which each site defined in the database
transmits data back to the switches (AMPS network only).
ampexts
number
Additional Site Traffic, defined on the BTS Route tab for a site in
the Site Database (AMPS network only).
amptspc
number
Timeslots Required Per Carrier, defined on the BTS Route tab for a
site in the Site Database (AMPS network only).
bsckey
number
Stores a unique number associating the site with a particular BSC.

Version 5.2.1
Page 131
Page 132
Name
DataType
Constraint
btsfixed
number
NOT USED.
btskey
number
Stores a unique number associating the site with a particular BTS.
cabinkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular cabin with the site.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each site.
createdate
date
createuser
number
directkey
number
The numerical reference for the site in DIRECT (Only populated

when the site is synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the site (in m), defined on the General tab for
a BSC in the Site Database.
grdcstrntflags
number
Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and power planning

load contraints (Fixed Configuration, Fixed Node B Type)
gsmbitrate
number
Stores the bit rate with which each GSM or TETRA site transmits
data back to the switches.
gsmexts
number
Additional Site Traffic, defined on the BTS Route tab for a site in
the Site Database (GSM and TETRA networks only).
gsmtspc
number
Timeslots Required Per Carrier, defined on the BTS Route tab for a
site in the Site Database (GSM and TETRA networks only).
hasconstraints
number
Indicates whether grdcstrntflags has been set (1) or not (0).
hexradius
number
Indicates the hexagon radius for the site by referencing the

hexagongrid table. 0 represents the largest hexagon radius in the
list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the next and so on.
Idname
varchar2(32)
lac
number
Stores the Location Area Code.
maxsectors
number
Maximum number of sectors to be generated by the slot pattern

generation algorithm.
minsectors
number
Minimum number of sectors to be generated by the slot pattern

generation algorithm.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
msckey
number
Stores a unique number associating the site with a particular MSC.
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the site,
specified on the General tab for a site in the Site Database.
predradius
number
The prediction radius defined on the Predictions tab for a site in the
Site Database. Stored in the database in metres but displayed in
Km in the Site Database dialog box.
predresolution
number
The prediction resolution (in m), defined on the Predictions tab for a
site in the Site Database.
projectno
number
not null
not null
not null
Description
The site Identity, defined on the General tab for a site in the Site
Database.
table.

database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
sitekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each site in the

database.
sitename
varchar2(32)
The user-defined 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a site in
the Site Database.
sitename2
varchar2(32)
The user-defined 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a site
srchperc
number
Stores a percentage of the hexagon radius on the site, which will

be suitable for the search radius.
srchrad
float
towerkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular mast with the site.
useperc
number
Specifies which method to use for suggesting a search radius, i.e.

percentage of hexagon radii (1) or actual radius (0).
usergroup
number
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the BSC table
FK2 (projectno + sitekey) references the MSC table
Table CIXLAT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
assetci
varchar2(32)
The ASSET3G Cell Id
assetcli
varchar2(32)
The ASSET3G Cell Layer
assetpno
integer
not null
Primary key, storing the ASSET3G project number.
key
integer
not null
Primary key, storing the ASSET3G project key.
optimaci
varchar2(32)
The OPTIMA Cell Id.
tgci
varchar2(32)
The 3g Cell Id.
Table CLDANTENNA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna

configuration in the database.
cellaydatafk
number
not null
cellaykey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating a antenna configuration with

a specific cell layer.
cellkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating an antenna configuration with

a specific cell.

Version 5.2.1
Page 133
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellantennakey) references the ANTENNA table
Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
Page 134
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
compoundarrayexpkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each compound

array expression in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number

idname
varchar2(32)
lofarrdispname
varchar2(64)
The FALSE Array display name, defined in the Output Arrays

for Logical Expressions pane of the Compound Arrays dialog
box.
lofarrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lofinstdispname
varchar2(256)
The FALSE Instance display name, defined in the Output

Arrays for Logical Expressions pane of the Compound Arrays
dialog box.
lofinstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lofsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
The FALSE Source display name, defined in the Output

dialog box.
lofsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lotarrdispname
varchar2(64)
The TRUE Array display name, defined in the Output Arrays

box.
lotarrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lotinstdispname
varchar2(256)
The TRUE Instance display name, defined in the Output

dialog box.
lotinstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lotsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
The TRUE Source display name, defined in the Output Arrays

box.
lotsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
not null
The name of the compound array expression, defined in the

Compound Arrays dialog box.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

to the table.
parentkey
number
permission
number
projectno
number
reserved1
varchar2(256)
FOR FUTURE USE.
reserved2
varchar2(256)
FOR FUTURE USE.
reserved3
number
FOR FUTURE USE.
reserved4
number
FOR FUTURE USE.
usergroup
number

not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the compound array

expression with a particular parent.
not null

database.
Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
compoundarrayexpkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

compound array term with a particular compound array
expression.
compoundarraytermkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each compound

array term in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number

larrdispname
varchar2(64)
The Array display name for the left side of the equation,
defined in the top half of the term in the Compound Arrays
dialog box.
larrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
linstdispname
varchar2(256)
Instance display name for the left side of the equation,

dialog box.
linstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
loper
number
The operator, defined in the Compound Arrays dialog box.
lsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
Source display name for the left side of the equation,

dialog box.
lsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

Version 5.2.1
not null

to the table.
Page 135
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
permission
number
projectno
number
rarrdispname
varchar2(64)
The Array display name for the right side of the equation,
defined in the bottom half of the term in the Compound
Arrays dialog box.
rarrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
rinstdispname
varchar2(256)
The Instance display name for the right side of the equation,
Arrays dialog box.
rinstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
roper
number
The logical operator, defined in the Compound Arrays

dialog box.
rsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
Source display name for the right side of the equation,

Arrays dialog box.
rsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
usergroup
number

the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions.
not null

database.
Table CONTACTPERSON
Page 136
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
comments
varchar2(225)
Optional description that can be added to each contact person,

defined in the Contact Person dialog box.
company
varchar2(32)
The company of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.
forename
varchar2(32)
The forename of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.
personkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each contact person in

the database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
surname
varchar2(32)
The surname of the contact person, defined in the Contact Person

dialog box.
title
varchar2(5)
The title of the contact person, defined in the Contact Person

dialog box.

Version 5.2.1
Table DISTRIBUTION
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
addresskey
number
not null

of this distribution node may be stored.
bsckey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the distribution node with a

particular BSC.
btsfixed
number
NOT USED
btskey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the distribution node with a

particular BTS.
cabinkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin with the

distribution node.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each distribution node.
createdate
date
createuser
number
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with the

object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the distribution node (in m), defined on the
General tab for a distribution node in the Site Database.
hexradius
number
NOT USED
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the distribution
node, defined on the General tab for a distribution node in the
Site Database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
sitekey
number
not null

distribution node with a particular site.
sitename
varchar2(32)
The user-defined 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a

distribution node in the Site Database.
sitename2
varchar2(32)
The user-defined 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a

srchrad
float
towerkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular mast with the

distribution node.
usergroup
number


Version 5.2.1
not null
The distribution node Identity, defined on the General tab for a

not null

the table.
Page 137
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the BSC table
Table FAXNUMBER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
faxkey
number
not null
Primary key storing the unique number for each facsimile number
in the database.
faxnumber
varchar2(32)
The Facsimile Number, defined in the Contact Person dialog box.
personkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the facsimile number with a

particular contact person.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table FOLDERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
folderkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each folder in the

database.
foldername
varchar2(64)
foldertype
number
parentkey
number
projectno
number
The name of the folder.

not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies the type of folder.

Stores a unique number identifying the parent of a sub-folder.
not null

database.
Table GENERICNBR
Page 138
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierkey
number
not null

carrier with the outward neighbour (IS95 networks only).
direction
number
The direction of the neighbour.
handovertype
number
The handover type.
margin
number
The margin of the neighbour (in dB), defined on the Neighbour tab
for a cell in the Site Database.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
nbrcarrierkey
number
not null

carrier with the inward neighbour (IS95 networks only).
nbrkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each inward neighbour

in the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
nbrtech
number
not null
Primary key, storing a number identifying the technology type of

the inward neighbour.
parentkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each outward

neighbour in the database.
parenttech
number
not null
Primary key, storing a number identifying the technology type of

the outward neighbour.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table GENREPEATER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the repeater with a particular

cell
dlgain
float
lognodepk
number
modifyuser
number
table.
predresolution
number
Stores the repeaters prediction resolution calculations.
projectno
number
not null

database.
rxantennafk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with the receiving

element of the repeater.
technology
number
txantennafk
number
ulgain
float
The uplink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config tab
for a repeater in the Site Database.
ulnoisefactor
float
The uplink noise (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config tab
The downlink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config tab
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the repeater

Indicates the technology type of the repeater.

not null
Associates the antenna with the transmitted element of the

repeater.
Foreign Keys:
Table GRAPH
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
abscissa
float
not null
Primary key, storing the relative x co-ordinate for the curve.
graphkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph curve.
graphlisttype
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number indicating the type of graph coding scheme (0), Occupancy (1), HSCSD (2).

Version 5.2.1
Page 139
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number
not null
NOT USED.
ordinate
float
not null
Primary key, storing the relative y co-ordinate for the curve.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table GRAPHLIST
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
NOT USED.
createuser
number
NOT USED.
graphenabled
number
Indicates whether the graph option is available (1) or not (0).
graphkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph in the

database.
graphlisttype
number
not null
Primary key stores a number indicating the type of graph - coding

scheme (0), occupancy (1) or HSCSD (2).
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the curve.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
NOT USED.
not null
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
not null

database.
NOT USED.
Table GSMCELL
Page 140
Name
Data Type
Constraint
azimuth
number
NOT USED
bcfkey
number
NOT USED
bscc
number
The Base Station Colour Code (BSCC), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
btsid
number
NOT USED
carreq
number
NOT USED
cellequipment
key
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular piece of

equipment with the GSM cell. This is defined on the Cell
Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
cellkey
number
cellname
varchar2(32)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a GSM cell in
the Site Database.
celltype
number
Indicates the technology that this cell uses, GSM(1), AMPS

(2) or TETRA (3). This is defined on the Technology tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each GSM cell in

the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
citytype
number
Indicates the City Type (or environment) in which the GSM

cell is located, either Urban, Suburban or Open-Rural. This is
defined on the CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.
cntrlchan
number
NOT USED
commonbcch
number
NOT USED
configkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the GSM cell with a

particular ARCHITECT configuration.
corrfactor
float
The cell equipment correction value (in dB), defined on the

Cell Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
createdate
date
dtxfactor
float
The DTX Voice Activity Factor, defined on the Cell Config tab
for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
dtxstate
number
Indicates whether DTX has been enabled on the downlink (1)

or not (0).
enablelsce
number
Indicates whether the Enable LCSE option has been selected

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the CI+TA+RX tab for a
GSM cell in the Site Database.
fcccategory
number
The FCC category, defined on the Cell Config tab for a GSM
gsmcelltype
number
Specifies the type of GSM used.
gsmid
number
The GSM ID, defined on the General tab for a GSM cell in
the Site Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
lac
number
The Local Area Code (LAC), defined on the General tab for a
GSM cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradius
back
float
The Maximum Cell Radius Back (km), defined on the

CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradius
front
float
The Maximum Cell Radius Front (km), defined on the

CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
mcc
number
The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the General tab

mnc
number
The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the General tab

modelkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular prediction

model with the GSM cell.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
ncc
number
The Network Colour Code (NCC), defined on the General tab

networktype
number
Indicates the technology that the network uses, GSM(1),

AMPS (2) or TETRA (3). This is defined on the Technology
tab of the Preferences dialog box.
nsei
number
numcars
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
not null
Description
The GSM Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for a GSM

to the table.
The Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database. This is for
information purposes only.
NOT USED
Page 141
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
psid
number
The Private System Identifier (PSID), defined on the General

tab for an AMPS cell in the Site Database.
rac
number
The Routing Area Code (RAC), defined on the General tab

rsid
number
The Residential System Identifier (RSID) defined on the

General tab for an AMPS cell in the Site Database, or the
GSM ID defined on the General tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.
segment_id
number
The Segment ID, defined on the BCF tab for a GSM cell in
the Site Database.
segment_
name
varchar2(16)
The Segment Name, defined on the BCF tab for a GSM cell
sitekey
number
supportamr
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the GSM cell with a

particular site.
Indicates whether the Enable AMR option has been selected
(1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Cell Config tab for a cell in the Site
Database.
useantgain
number
Indicates whether antenna hopping on the cell has been

enabled (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Cell Config tab for a cell in the Site
Database.
usepri
number
Determines whether to use a priority for a cell.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the CELLSITES table
Table HDRDLKPARAMS
Name
Data Type
bitrate
number
Constraint
Description
The bitrate (in bps), defined in the EV-DO Downlink Parameters
dialog box.
bits
number
The Number of Bits, defined in the EV-DO Downlink Parameters

dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number
ebno
float
The Ior/Ioc (in dB), defined in the EV-DO Downlink Parameters

dialog box.
ebnt0
float
The first Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
Parameters dialog box.
And so on to...
Page 142

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
ebnt4
float
hdrdlkparamspk
number
idname
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
oheadbits
number
The Number of Overhead Bits, defined in the EV-DO Downlink

per0
float
The first PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined in the EV-DO
Downlink Parameters dialog box.
per4
float
The last PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined in the EV-DO
Downlink Parameters dialog box.
permission
number
projectno
number
slots
number
The number of (time) Slots used, defined in the EV-DO Downlink

spare0
float
NOT USED.
spare4
float
NOT USED.
traffchips
float
The number of Chips per Traffic Bit, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
usergroup
number
The last Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of EV-DO

downlink parameters in the database.
table.
And so on to...
not null

database.
And so on to...
Table IS95CARRIER
Name
Data Type
allocated
number
NOT USED
createdate
date
createuser
number
fwdlinkcar
float
Stores the downlink frequency.
idname
varchar2(32)
Field which stores the names provided for each IS95 carrier in
the database.
is95carpk
number
leftnbrchan
number
Stores the value of interference from the left neighbour channel.
leftnbrdldb
float
Stores the value of interference from the left neighbour downlink.
leftnbruldb
float
Stores the value of interference from the left neighbour uplink.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA2000

carrier.
Page 143
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
priority
number
Field that describes the order in which traffic should be serviced

by the various cell layers with 1 being the highest priority.
projectno
number
revlinkcar
float
Stores the uplink frequency.
rightnbrchan
number
Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour channel.
rightnbrdldb
float
Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour

downlink.
rightnbruldb
float
Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour uplink.
usergroup
number


not null
not null

the table.

database.
Table LOGIS95ANTENNA
Page 144
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
anttypefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, indicating the antenna used.
azimuth
float
The Azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Antennas tab for a

CDMA2000BS in the Site Database.
coordx
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location, defined on the

Antennas tab for a CDMA2000BS in the Site Database.
coordy
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location, defined on the

corrfactor
float
The Antenna Correction (Corr'n) Factor, defined on the Antennas

tab for a CDMA2000BS in the Site Database in the Site
Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
downtilt
float
The Total Downtilt (in degrees) on the antenna, defined on the

height
float
The antenna Height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for a
CDMA2000BS in the Site Database.
indexno
number
A number used to sequence the CDMA2000 antennas.
is95antpk
number
not null

lognodefk
number
not null

particular logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

not null

the table.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
permission
number
predradius
float
Indicates the prediction radius for the site. 0 represents the

largest prediction radius in the list, 1 represents the next one
down, 2 the next and so on.
projectno
number
not null

database.
propmodelfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular prediction

model with the CDMA2000 antenna.
repeater
number
Indicates if the a repeater is used (1) or not (0).
sharedantenna
number
usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGIS95BS table
Table LOGIS95BS
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
lognodepk
number
not null

CDMA2000 BS with a particular logical node.
maxhochanspool
number
NOT USED
maxprimchanspool
number
NOT USED
modifyuser
number
numchanspool
number
The number of channels for the CDMA BS Channel

Pool, defined on the BS Params tab for a CDMA2000
BS in the Site Database.
predradius
number
Stores the radius of the area up to which the user

would wish the prediction calculations to extend. The
value is stored in metres.
predresolution
number
The Prediction Resolution (in m), defined on the

Predictions tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site
Database.
projectno
number
sectorradius
float
not null
not null


in a database.
Stores the radius of the sector.
Foreign Keys:

Version 5.2.1
Page 145
Table LOGIS95BSC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognodepk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating each

CDMA2000 BSC with a logical node.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
supports_sho
number
Indicates whether the CDMA2000 BSC supports soft handover (1)

or not (0).
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGIS95CAR
Page 146
Name
Data Type
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number

idname
varchar2(32)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical IS95
carrier in the database.
is95carpk
number
not null

carrier in the database.
is95carrierdatafk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular set of

CDMA2000 carrier data with a CDMA2000 carrier.
logbsfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA2000 carrier

with a particular CDMA2000 BS.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
numpooledtraf
chanelems
number
The number of pooled traffic channel elements.
numtotaltraf
chanelems
number
The number of total traffic channel elements.
permission
number
projectno
number
trafchandatarate
number
The number of traffic channel elements at a particular data

rate.
usergroup
number


not null
not null

to the table.

database.

Version 5.2.1
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95carpk) references the IS95CARRIER table
FK2 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOGIS95BS table
Table LOGIS95CLSITE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
createuser
number
is95bspk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the CDMA2000

cluster site with a particular CDMA2000 BS.
is95clusterfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each CDMA2000 cluster site in the

database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number

not null
table.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95clusterfk) references the LOGIS95CLUSTER table
Table LOGIS95CLUSTER
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number
Idname
varchar2(32)
User defined identifier for each particular cluster.
Is95clusterpk
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key, stores a unique number for each CDMA2000 cluster

in the database.
not null

the table.
Page 147
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
usergroup
number

Table LOGIS95FEEDER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
corrfactor
float
Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the cell

equipment used, if necessary. A positive value represents a
gain and a negative value a loss.
createdate
date
createuser
number
dlgain
float
The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.
feedertypefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the feeder type.
is95antfk
number
not null

CDMA2000 antenna.
is95feedpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA feeder in

the database.
is95sectorfk
number
not null

CDMA sector.
length
float
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for a
maxpapower
float
Stores the maximum 'Power Amplifier' power in dB's.
mhamptypefk
number
mhgain_db
float
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
noise_db
float
The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
otherlosses
float
The Other Downlink Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas

tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
permission
number
projectno
number
rxdiv
number
not null
not null
not null
Description
Stores a unique number identifying the MHA (MastHead

Amplifier) type.

the table.

database.
Indicates whether RX Diversity is being used (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in the
Site Database.
Page 148

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
txdiv
number
Constraint
Description
Indicates whether TX Diversity is being used (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in the
Site Database.
ulgain
float
The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95antfk) references the LOGIS95ANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + is95sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table
Table LOGIS95MSC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognodepk
number
not null

CDMA2000MSC with a particular logical node.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
needsbsc
number
projectno
number
supports_sho
number
Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC needs a CDMA2000BSC

(1) or not (0).
not null

database.
Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC supports soft handover (1)
or not (0).
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGIS95SECCAR
Name
Data Type
activesetsize
number
The Active Set size, defined on the Power/Sho

subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the
Site Database.
broadcastcntrlchanpwr
float
The Broadcast Control Channel Power (in dBm),

defined on the Channel Power subtab of the Params
broadcastcntrl
chanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Broadcast Control Channel

Power parameter has been selected (1) or not (0).
carrierfk
number
codeorthofactor
float

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA

sector with a particular carrier.
FOR FUTURE USE
Page 149
Page 150
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
commassignchanpwr
float
The Common Assignment Channel Power (in dBm),

commassign
chanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Common Assignment Channel

commctrlchanpwr
float
The Common Control Channel Power (in dBm),

commctrl
chanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Common Control Channel

commpwrctrlchanpwr
float
The Common Power Control Channel Power (in

dBm), defined on the Channel Power subtab of the
Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
commpwrctrl
chanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Common Power Control

Channel Power parameter has been selected (1) or
not (0).
createdate
date
createuser
number

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
dataoffsetchanpwr153k6
float
Stores the data offset channel power 153.6 kbit/sec.
float
float
float
float
dataoffsetnomchanpwr
float
Stores the data offset nom channel power.
dedicatedchanelems
number
Stores the number of dedicated channel elements.
dedicatedctrlchanpwr
float
The Dedicated Control Channel Power (in dBm),

dedicatedctrl
chanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Dedicated Control Channel

excessnoise_check
number
Indicates whether the Excess Noise parameter has

been selected (1) or not (0).
excessnoise_db
float
The Excess Noise (in dBm), defined on the General

Site Database.
jointdetectionorthofactor
float
FOR FUTURE USE
macindexes
number
The number of MAC Indexes, defined on the General

subtab of the Params tab for an EV-DO sector in the
Site Database.
makevalro
number
Indicates whether to make the value read-only (1) or

not (0).
maxdpchpwrdbm
float
FOR FUTURE USE
maxhochanelems
number
Stores the maximum number of handoff channel

elements.
maxhochanspool
number
The Maximum Handoff Channels, defined on the

Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
maxpapwr_dbm
float
The Max PA Power (in dBm), defined on the

Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
maxprimchanspool
number
The Maximum Primary Channels, defined on the

Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
maxpwrperchan_dbm
float
Stores the maximum power per channel.
maxsupppwr_dbm
float
The Max Supplemental Channel Power (dBm/bit),

defined on the Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab
for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
meanachnoiserise
float
The Mean Achieved Noise Rise (in dB), defined on

the Static Analysis subtab of the Params tab for a
meanhochanusd
float
Stores the mean number of handoff channels used

(drive test parameter).
meanprichanusd
float
Stores the mean number of primary channels used

(drive test parameter).
meantotdltfcpwr
float
The Mean Total Downlink Traffic Power (in dBm),

defined on the Static Analysis subtab of the Params
mindpchpwrdbm
float
FOR FUTURE USE
minpwrperchan_dbm
float
Stores the minimum power per channel.
minsupppwr_dbm
float
The Min Supplemental Channel Power (in dBm/bit),

defined on the Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
noiseriselmt_db
float
The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the General

subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector.
numchanspool
number
The Number of Channels, defined on the Channel

Pool subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.
numpagingchans
number
The Number of Paging Channels, defined on the

Paging subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector
numpooledprimchanelems
number
Stores the number of pooled primary channel

elements.
orthogfactor
float
Stores the orthogonality factor used.
pagingchandatarate_kbs
float
The Paging Channel Data Rate (in kbps), defined on

the Paging subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
pagingchanpwr_dbm
float
The Paging TX Channel Power (in dBm), defined on

the Paging subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description

Page 151
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
pilotpwr_dbm
float
projectno
number
pwrctlstepsize_db
float
The Power Control Step Size (in dB), defined on the

quickpagingchanpwr
float
The Quick Paging Channel Power (in dBm), defined

on the Channel Power subtab of the Params tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
quickpaging
chanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Quick Paging Channel Power

parameter has been selected (1) or not (0).
ratedpapwr_dbm
float
The Rated PA Power (in dBm), defined on the

rcdownlink
varchar2(32)
The Downlink Configuration (1-10, 0=EV-DO),

defined on the General subtab of the Params tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
rcuplink
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
rcvrnoisefigure_dbm
float
The Receiver Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector
rx_loss_db
float
The RX Splitter Loss (in dB), defined on the General

Site Database.
scramblingcode
number
FOR FUTURE USE
scramblingcodegrp
number
FOR FUTURE USE
seccarpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number identifying the

sector carrier.
sectorfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the sector.
spconfig
number
FOR FUTURE USE
syncchandatarate_kbs
float
Stores the synchronised channel data rate
syncchanpwr_dbm
float
The Sync Channel Power (in dBm), defined on the

Channel Power subtab of the Params tab for a
synchchanpwrcheck
number
Indicates whether the Sync Channel Power

parameter has been selected (1) or not (0).
t_drop_db
float
The T_Drop value (in dB), defined on the Power/Sho

Site Database.
tx_loss_db
float
The TX Combiner Loss (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector
usedbmbit
number
Indicates whether the Use dBm/bit units for traffic

channel power limits option has been selected (1) or
not (0).
The Pilot Channel Power (in dBm), defined on the

Channel Power subtab of the Params tab for a
not null

This is defined on the Power/Sho subtab of the

Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
usergroup
Page 152
number
Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Version 5.2.1
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGIS95CAR table
FK2 (projectno + sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table
Table LOGIS95SECTOR
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
Field which stores the names provided for each logical

IS95 sector in the database.
logbsfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the CDMA sector

with a particular CDMA BS.
maxhochanspool
number
NOT USED.
maxprimchanspool
number
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
numchanspool
number
The Number of Channels, defined on the General tab

pncode
number
The Short PN Code Offset, defined on the General tab

projectno
number
sectorname
varchar2(32)
sectorpk
number
not null
not null


in a database.
The CDMA Sector Name, defined on the General tab
for a CDMA sector in the database.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA

sector in the database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOSIS95BS table
Table MSC
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
addresskey
number
not null

of this MSC may be stored.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each MSC.
createdate
date
createuser
number
directkey
number
The numerical reference for the MSC in DIRECT (Only populated

when the MSC is synchronised with DIRECT).

Version 5.2.1
Page 153
Name
Data Type
Constraint
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with the

object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the MSC (in m), defined on the General tab
for a MSC in the Site Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
msctype
number
Stores a unique number identifying the MSC network type - GSM

(1), TETRA (2) or AMPS (3)
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the MSC,
defined on the General tab for a MSC in the Site Database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
sitekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the MSC with

a particular site.
sitename
varchar2(32)
The MSC 1st Name, defined on the General tab for an MSC in
the Site Database.
sitename2
varchar2(32)
The MSC 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for an MSC in
the Site Database.
srchrad
float
usergroup
number

not null
Description
The MSC Identity, defined on the General tab for an MSC in the
Site Database.
not null

the table.
Foreign Keys:
Table PHONENUMBER
Name
Data Type
personkey
number
phonekey
number
phonenumber
varchar2(32)
projectno
number
Constraint
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the telephone number with
a particular contact person.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each telephone

number in the database.
The telephone number, defined in the Contact Person dialog
box.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 154
FK1 (projectno + personkey) references the CONTACTPERSON table

Version 5.2.1
Table PLMN
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
plmnname
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing the unique name of each PLMN in the

project.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table REPEATER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
addresskey
number
not null

of this repeater site may be stored.
azimuth
number
The receiving antenna's Azimuth (in degrees), defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
btsfixed
number
NOT USED.
btskey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a particular

BTS.
cabinkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin with the

repeater.
calcmethod
number
Indicates the calculation method used.
cellkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a particular

cell.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each repeater.
createdate
date
createuser
number
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
gain
float
The Gain (in dB), defined on the Config tab for a repeater in the
Site Database.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height for the repeater (in m), defined on the General
tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
height
float
The receiving antenna's height (in m), defined on the Config tab for
a repeater in the Site Database.
hexradius
float
Indicates the hexagon radius for the site by referencing the

hexagongrid table. 0 represents the largest hexagon radius in the
list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the next and so on.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
outputpower
float

Version 5.2.1
not null
Site identifier as created by the application with the settings

specified in the Identifier Creation dialog box.
not null
table.
The transmitting antenna's Output Power, defined on the Config
tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
Page 155
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
permission
number
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the repeater,
defined on the General tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
power0
float
NOT USED.
power9
float
NOT USED.
predradius
number
The prediction radius defined on the Predictions tab for a repeater

in the Site Database. Stored in the database in metres but
displayed in Km in the Site Database dialog box.
predresolution
number
The prediction resolution (in m), defined on the Predictions tab for
a repeater in the Site Database.
projectno
number
rxantennakey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular receiving antenna

with the repeater.
rxsignal
float
The Rx Signal, defined on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.
rxthreshold
float
The Rx Threshold, defined on the Config tab for a repeater in the

Site Database.
sitekey
number
sitename
varchar2(32)
The Repeater 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a repeater
sitename2
varchar2(32)
The Repeater 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a

repeater in the Site Database.
srchperc
number
Stores a percentage of the hexagon radius of the repeater, which

will be suitable for the search radius.
srchrad
float
tilt
float
The amount of antenna elevation in degrees. A positive value

indicates uptilt, and a negative value indicates downtilt.
towerkey
number
Stores a unique number associating the repeater with a particular

mast.
useperc
number
Indicates the method used for suggesting a search radius, either

the percentage of hexagon radii (1) or specify an actual radius (0).
usergroup
number
And so on until
not null
not null

database.
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the repeater

with a particular site.
Foreign Keys:
Page 156

Version 5.2.1
Table REPEATERCELL
Name
DataType
Constraint
antennakey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular transmitter

antenna with the repeater cell.
azimuth
number
The azimuth (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna on the

repeater cell.
cellkey
number
height
float
The height (in metres) of the transmitter antenna on the repeater

cell.
idname
varchar2(32)
Site identifier as created by the application with the settings

specified in the Identifier Creation dialog box.
modelkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular propagation

model with the repeater cell.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
sitekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number used to relate the transmitter

configuration to a repeater defined in the Site Database.
tilt
float
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the repeater to

a particular cell.
The Downtilt (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna. A positive

value represents a downtilt, while a negative value represents an
uptilt.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + sitekey) references the REPEATER table
Table SIMTRAF
Name
Data Type
createdate
date
createuser
number
lognodebfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the Sim Traffic with a

particular Node B.
lognodebho
number
not null
Stores the handover value for the Node B.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description

not null

the table.
Page 157
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
subsave
float
The Mean number of Subscribers, defined on the Sim Traffic

tab for a Node B in the Site Database.
subsmax
float
The Max(imum) number of Subscribers, defined on the Sim

Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.
substddev
float
The Standard Deviation (SD) in the number of Subscribers,

defined on the Sim Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site
Database.
tgdlbitratefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular 3g downlink

bitrate with the Sim Traffic.
tgservicefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular 3g service with

the Sim Traffic.
tgulbitratefk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular 3g uplink

bitrate with the Sim Traffic.
trafficpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of Sim

Traffic in the database.
usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + tgdlbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table
FK3 (projectno + tgulbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table
FK4 (projectno + tgservicefk) references the TGSERVICE table
Table SITEADDRESS
Page 158
Name
DataType
Constraint
address1
varchar2(32)
Address line 1, defined on the Address tab for a

Property in the Site Database.
address2
varchar2(32)
Address line 2, defined on the Address tab for a

addresskey
number
antcolocation
number
NOT USED.
antheightlist
varchar2(1024)
NOT USED.
antheightrule
number
NOT USED.
antsamecell
number
NOT USED.
antstepsize
float
NOT USED.
assocmast
number
NOT USED.
buildingheight
number
NOT USED.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each

Property.
not null
Description

Property in the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.
directkey
number
The numerical reference for the Property in

DIRECT (Only populated when the Property is
synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field

with the object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the Property (in m), defined

on the General tab for a Property in the Site
Database.
gridconstrflags
number
Indicates if ADVANTAGE grid planning constraints

have been selected on this Property - None (0),
Location Fixed (1), Always Consider (2) or both (3).
idname
varchar2(32)
latitude
float
The Latitude, defined on the General tab for a

locksearcharea
number
Indicates whether the Prevent changes to search

area option is selected (0) or not (1). This is defined
on the Search Area tab for a Property in the Site
Database.
longitude
float
The Longitude, defined on the General tab for a

mastexcluded
varchar2(512)
NOT USED.
mastspace
float
NOT USED.
maxheight
float
NOT USED.
minazimdiff
number
NOT USED.
minheight
float
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
mounting
number
NOT USED.
mttr
float
NOT USED.
nominalid
number
Stores the id of the nominal property.
optimisationstatus
number
The ADVANTAGE optimisation status, either

Nominal (0) or Candidate (1).
panfile
varchar2(255)
NOT USED.
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions.
personkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating the Property

with a particular contact person.
postcode
varchar2(16)
The Post Code, defined on the Address tab for a

projectno
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
not null
Description
The Property ID, defined on the General tab for a



Page 159
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
propertycode
varchar2(32)
The Property Code, defined on the General tab for

a Property in the Site Database.
province
varchar2(32)
The County, defined on the Address tab for a

srchoverrideview
number
Stores the unique property code assigned to each

siteaddress
srchrad
float
The Search Area Radius (in m), defined on the

Search Area tab for a Property in the Site
Database.
state
varchar2(64)
The State, defined on the Address tab for a

targetstatus
number
Indicates the status of property - Candidate (0),

Nominal (1), Preferred Candidate (2) or Not Used
(3).
town
varchar2(32)
The Town, defined on the Address tab for a

usergroup
number

Table TERMMOBSPEED
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
avgspeed
float
not null
Mean Mobile Speed (km/h) per clutter type, defined on the Mobile
Speed tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
(GSM/UMTS and EV-DO Terminal Types only)
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, associating the mobile speed values with a particular

clutter type.
maxspeed
float
not null
Max Mobile Speed (km/h) per clutter type, defined on the Mobile
minspeed
float
not null
Min Mobile Speed (km/h) per clutter type, defined on the Mobile
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
percentin
float
not null
Percentage of mobiles considered to be in buildings. This is defined

on the Clutter tab (using the Density option) of the Terminal Types
dialog box.
projectno
number
not null

database.
stdspeed
float
not null
Standard Deviation in Speed per clutter type defined on the Mobile

termtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal type in the
database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 160

Version 5.2.1
Table VECPROJECT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
vecid
number
not null

vector with the project.

Version 5.2.1
Page 161
Page 162

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 8
ADVANTAGE Database
Tables
The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This Table
Primary Keys
ACTIONCOMBINATIONS
Combinations of action costs
actioncombinationskey
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
ACTIVECONFIG
ADVDESTGT
The configuration profile key

currently active.
modifyuser
Performance design targets.
advdestgtkey
NO
projectno
YES
projectno
ADVGLOBCONSTR
Optimisation profiles.
advglobconstrkey
projectno
ADVGLOBDESTGT
ADVOPTIPROFILE
ADVPROBCELLWGT
Global design targets and

action costs.
advglobdestgtkey
Relationships between filters

and profiles.
advoptiprofilekey
Weightings for problem cells.
advprobcellwgtkey
FK1 advglobconstrkey
YES
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
CELLMOD
CLUTCONS
CLUTTERT
CLUTTHRES
CONFIGPROFILE
Configuration values for

problem cell data.
cellmodkey
Optimisation data for clutterdependant parameters.
code
Threshold information specific

to clutter.
cluttertkey
Thresholds for clutter values,

calculated from the spreading
of ADVANTAGE data.
clutthreskey
Configuration profiles.
configprofilekey
projectno
FK1 pedataindexkey
NO
YES
projectno
projectno
projectno
FK1 thresholdkey
YES
FK1 pedataindexkey
NO
YES
projectno

Version 5.2.1
Page 163
This Table
Primary Keys
COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS
Coefficients used in cost

conversion.
coefficientkey
Weightings for cost functions.
cfweightskey
COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
CPVECTOR
Vectors used in configuration

profiles.
cpvectorkey
projectno
DBVERSION
The current database version versionnumber

number, and the number of the
version from which it was
upgraded.
DESIGNTARGET
performance design groups
and mechanism/component
pairs created when the user
defines a design target.
designtargetkey
projectno
FK1 configprofilekey
YES
NO
FK1 YES
designtargetcomp
key
FK2 designtargetgroup
key
DESIGNTARGETATOM
designtargetelements (for example carriers atomkey
on a service) and groups.
projectno
DESIGNTARGETCOMP
Components stored within

design targets.
FK1 YES
designtargetgroup
key
designtargetcompkey
YES
projectno
DESIGNTARGETGROUP
User-defined performance
design target groups.
designtargetgroupkey
YES
projectno
MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS
Constraints on max action.
YES
constraintkey
projectno
OPTIMISATIONDETAILS
Details of optimisation
snapshots.
optimisationdetailskey
projectno
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT
Optimisation snapshots.
FK1 optimisationsnapshotkey
optimisationsnapshotkey
NO
NO
projectno
OPVECTOR
PEDATAINDEX
PLANREJECTOPTIONS
PROBAREAID
Page 164
Vectors used in optimisation

profiles.
opvectorkey
ADVANTAGE traffic raster

spreading data.
pedataindexkey
Options for rejecting the plan

based on metric degradation.
plnrejectoptnkey
Clutter- and technologyspecific thresholds used for

problem area identification.
probareaidkey
projectno
FK1 advoptiprofkey
YES
NO
projectno
YES
projectno
NO
projectno

Version 5.2.1
This Table
PROBCELLID
Technology-specific thresholds probcellidkey

used for problem cell
projectno
identification.
SIMCONFIG
Configuration data for

configuration profiles (both
GSM and UMTS).
projectno
UMTS/GSM statistics reports.
projectno
STATISTIC
Primary Keys
simconfigkey
statistickey
STATISTICMC
Monte Carlo statistics reports.
projectno
statisticmckey
THRESHOLD
Threshold information.
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
NO
FK1 configprofilekey
YES
NO
NO
YES
projectno
thresholdkey
THRESHOLD_PT
VECTORT

to technology and
vectors/polygons.
projectno

to vectors and polygons.
projectno
threshold_ptkey
vectortkey
FK1 thresholdkey
YES
FK1 thresholdkey
YES
Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
actioncombinationskey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each action

combination in the database.
combinationlevel
number
The level at which the cost will be combined - No Action

Combining (0), Per Location (1), Per Property (2), Per Site
(3) or Per Cell (4). This is defined on the Action
Combinations tab of the Global Design Targets and Action
Costs dialog box.
combinationtype
number
Indicates which actions should be combined - All Actions (0),

Visit Actions (1) or Remote Actions (2). This is defined on the
Action Combinations tab of the Global Design Targets and
Action Costs dialog box.
consideration
number
Indicates how power actions will be considered - Remote (1)

or Visit (0). This is defined on the Action Combinations tab of
the Global Design Targets and Action Costs dialog box.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

to the table.

Version 5.2.1
Page 165
Name
DataType
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
more information on this, see About Permissions on page 2.
not null

database.
Table ACTIVECONFIG
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
activeconfigkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each active configuration in the

database.
configprofilekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the active configuration

with a particular configuration profile.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
Primary key. Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.
not null

database.
Table ADVDESTGT
Page 166
Name
DataType
adjcnt
number
Constraint
Description
advdestgtkey
number
areatraf
number
Stores the area and/or traffic identifier.
celllay_fk
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular GSM cell layer

with the performance design target.
clutcode
number
The clutter code value.
compid
number
Stores a unique number identifying the component type.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

Stores the adjacency count.

not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each performance

design target in the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
destgt
varchar2(4000)
Constraint
The design target values, stored as XML.
mechid
varchar2(32)
Stores a unique number referencing the CLSID cost mechanism.
mechver
varchar2(32)
The version of cost mechanism.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
techtype
number
The technology type employed.
umtscar_fk
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular UMTS carrier with

the performance design target.
usergroup
number
not null
Description

database.
Table ADVGLOBCONSTR
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
advglobconstrkey
number
not null
Primary key uniquely identifying an entry in the table.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
elementid
number
Stores a unique ID for a parent element.
elemreadonly
number
Defines the element as read-only (1) or not (0).
enabled
number
NOT USED.
fieldid
number
gmax
float
Stores the G maximum value allowed for the constraint.
gmin
float
Stores the G minimum value allowed for the constraint.
inuse
number
NOT USED.
lstflags
number
Stores values indicating whether Uniform Power is on (1),

whether Fixed Power Ratio is on (2) or whether both are on
(3).
lstmode
number
Stores a value indicating global constraint display mode.
lstvalues
varchar2(4000)
Stores a comma-separated list of admissible values.
maxdelta
float
Stores the maximum delta value allowed for the constraint.
mindelta
float
Stores the minimum delta value allowed for the constraint.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

to the table.

Version 5.2.1
not null
Stores the unique data field identifier of the constraint.
Page 167
Name
Data Type
permission
number
Constraint
Description
profileid
number
not null
The name of the optimisation profile, defined in the

Optimisation Profiles dialog box.
projectno
number
not null

database.
readonly
number
Identifies the files as read-only (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number

more information on this, see About Permissions on page 2.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + advglobconstrkey) references the ADVOPTIPROFILE table
Table ADVGLOBDESTGT
Name
Data Type
actionid
number
Constraint
Description
advglobdestgtkey
number
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

the table.
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number

xmldata
varchar2(4000)
Stores xml data representing the global design targets and

action costs.
Identifies the action.

not null
not null

database.
Table ADVOPTIPROFILE
Page 168
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
advoptiprofkey
number
not null
Primary key storing the unique profile value.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

in.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
listassocs
varchar2(4000)
Constraint
Stores a comma-separated list of filter to profile relationships.
listmechanism
varchar2(4000)
Stores a comma-separated list of optimisation mechanism

ID's.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

the table.
name
varchar2(64)
Stores the name of the profile.
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description

database.
Table ADVPROBCELLWGT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
advprobcellwgtkey
number
not null
Primary key storing the unique problem cell weight

value.
cellaykey
number
Stores GSM cell layer ID.
cellkey
number
Stores GSM cell ID.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

permission
number

projectno
number
tech
number
Identifies the technology used, either GSM(1) or

UMTS (2).
umtscellfk
number
Foreign key referencing the UMTS cell ID.
usergroup
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.
weight
float
Stores the problem cell weight.

Version 5.2.1
not null

in a database.
Page 169
Table CELLMOD
Name
DataType
cell_fk
number
Constraint
Foreign key referencing a GSM cell used.
cellay_fk
number
Foreign key referencing a GSM cell layer used.
cellmodkey
number
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

modifier
float
Stores the value calculated by spreading problem cell data.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
pedataindexkey
number
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
techtype
number
not null
Field storing the technology type used, either GSM or UMTS.
umtscell_fk
number
Foreign key referencing a UMTS cell used.
usergroup
number

not null
not null
Description
Primary key used to uniquely identify an entry in the cellmod

table.
Foreign key for the PEDATAINDEX table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table
Table CLUTCONS
Page 170
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
clutname
varchar2(64)
code
number
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

gsm_ci
float
The GSM C/I Threshold (dB), defined on the Clutter Parameters

tab of the Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
gsm_infade
float
The GSM Fading Indoor STD (dB), defined on the Clutter

Parameters tab of the Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
gsm_inloss
float
The GSM Indoor Loss (dB), defined on the Clutter Parameters tab
of the Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
The name of the clutter type.

not null
Primary key that stores the unique Clutter ID code.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
gsm_outfade
float
Constraint
The GSM Fading Outdoor STD (dB), defined on the Clutter

gsm_pathloss
float
The GSM Path Loss Threshold (dB), defined on the Clutter

gsm_ss
float
The GSM Signal Strength Threshold (dBm), defined on the Clutter

importance
number
The importance of the clutter type, Zero (0), Low (1), Medium (2) or
High (3). This is defined on the Clutter Parameters tab of the
Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
indoorper
float
The probability of the clutter type being indoors (%). This is defined
on the Clutter Parameters tab of the Optimisation Parameters
dialog box.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
sample
number
Indicates whether the sample column for this clutter type is set to
YES (1) or NO (0).
tg_ecio
float
The 3g Ec/Io Threshold (dB), defined on the Clutter Parameters

tg_infade
float
The 3g Indoor Loss (dB), defined on the Clutter Parameters tab of

the Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
tg_inloss
float
The 3g Indoor Loss (dB), defined on the Clutter Parameters tab of

the Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
tg_outfade
float
The 3g Fading Outdoor STD (dB), defined on the Clutter

tg_pathloss
float
The 3g Path Loss Threshold (dB), defined on the Clutter

tg_pilot
float
The 3g Pilot Loss Threshold (dB), defined on the Clutter

usergroup
number
not null
Description

database.
Table CLUTTERT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cluttertkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each clutter threshold in

a database.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number


Version 5.2.1
Page 171
Name
DataType
importance
number
Constraint
The importance of the clutter type, Zero (0), Low (1), Medium (2) or
High (3). This is defined on the Clutter Parameters tab of the
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
sample
number
thresholdkey
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description

database.
Indicates whether the sample column for this clutter type is set to
YES (1) or NO (0).
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular threshold with the

clutter.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + thresholdkey) references the THRESHOLD table
Table CLUTTHRES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
clutcode
number
not null
Stores clutter code values.
clutthreskey
number
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies the clutter entry in the table.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

modifydate
varchar2(32)
pedataindexkey
number
permission
number
projectno
number
threshold
float
Stores threshold values calculated by the spreading process.
usergroup
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the table index entry.

not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 172
FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table

Version 5.2.1
Table CONFIGPROFILE
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(512)
Constraint
Description
configprofilekey
number
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

filterkeys
varchar2(512)
Identifiers for each filter contained in the configuration profile.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
reference_
terminal_key
number
Stores the key of the reference terminal from the configuration

profile. The reference terminal key must be one of the keys from
the termtypekeys list.
res
number
The resolution of the configuration profile.
termtypekeys
varchar2(512)
Stores TERMTYPEKEYs, associating particular terminal types with

the configuration profile.
usedrivetest
number
Indicates whether the configuration profile is using location

information in pathloss corrections (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number
usevectors
number
Indicates whether the configuration profile is using vectors and

polygons (1) or not (0).
xmax
number
Maximum x extents.
xmin
number
Minimum x extents.
ymax
number
Maximum y extents.
ymin
number
Minimum y extents.
Optional description that can be added to each profile created.

not null
Primary key uniquely given to each profile added to the database.
not null
User defined identifier for each particular config profile entry.
not null

database.
Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS
Name
DataType
coefficient
number
coefficientkey
number
coefficientname
varchar2(32)

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
The cost function coefficient value.
not null

coefficient in the database.
The name of the coefficient.
Page 173
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

permission
number

projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description

a database.
Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Page 174
Name
DataType
Constraint
active
number
Indicates whether the global/mechanism/

component is active (1) or inactive (0) within the
optimisation.
cfweight
number
Indicates the weight of the global/mechanism/

component when combined into the cost function value.
cfweightenum
number
Identifier within weight type.
cfweightskey
number
cfweighttype
number
Indicates the type of weight - global(0), manpower(1),

mechanism(2) or component (3).
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
mechtechnology
number
Indicates the technologies used in the mechanism GSM(1), UMTS(2), both(3).
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

permission
number

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 2.
projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cfweight

in the database.

a database.

Version 5.2.1
Table CPVECTOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configprofilekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the vector with a particular

configuration profile.
cpvectorkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each configuration profile

vector in a database.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

featureid
number
Used to identify the vector, along with the guid and type.
CURRENTLY NOT USED.
guid
varchar2(50)
Used to identify the vector, along with the featureid and the type.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
type
number
Indicates the type of vector - standard (0), user (1) or building (2).
usergroup
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + configprofilekey) references the CONFIGPROFILE table
Table DBVERSION
Name
DataType
upgradeversion
number
versionnumber
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
The version number of the database from which the user
upgraded.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for the version of the

database the user is currently using.
Page 175
Table DESIGNTARGET
Name
DataType
createdate
varchar2 (32)
Constraint
createuser
number

the object.The number is based on the order
users were created in.
designtargetcompkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating a particular

component with the design target.
number
not null
Identifies the design target group.
designtargetkey
number
not null

design target in the database.
modifydate
varchar2 (32)
modifyuser
number
Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.
permission
number

About Permissions on page 2.
projectno
number
targetvaluesXML
varchar2 (4000)
Used to represent the target values in XML

format.
usergroup
number

not null
Description

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + designtargetcompkey) references the DESIGNTARGETCOMP

table
FK2 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP

table
Table DESIGNTARGETATOM
Page 176
Name
DataType
adjacency
number
Constraint
Description
Indicates adjacency level
areatraffic
number
Value indicates area or traffic or both
bearer
number
ID code identifying the bearer
carrier
number
ID code identifying the carrier
cellaykey
number
Associates carrier layers to the various cell layers in

the site database.
cluttercode
number
ID code identifying the clutter
createdate
varchar2(32)

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
createuser
number
Constraint
Description
designtargetatomkey
number
not null
Primary key used to identify the design target

atom.
number
not null
Identifies the design target group.
modifydate
varchar2 (32)
modifyuser
number

permission
number

projectno
number
service
number
ID code identifying the service
subsgroup
number
ID code identifying the subscriber group
techtype
number
ID code identifying the technology type
termtype
number
ID code identifying the terminal type
usergroup
number


the object.The number is based on the order users
were created in.
not null

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP

table
Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
compid
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the component

type.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
designtargetcompkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each design

target component in the database.
mechid
number
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the CLSID cost

mechanism.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

permission
number


Version 5.2.1
Page 177
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

in a database.
usergroup
number

Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
varchar2 (32)
createuser
number

created in.
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each design

target group.
idname
varchar2 (32)
not null
User defined identifier for each particular config profile

entry.
modifydate
varchar2 (32)
modifyuser
number

permission
number

page 2.
projectno
number
usergroup
number
not null
Description

a database.
Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS
Page 178
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
active
number
constraintkey
number
constraintname
varchar2(32)
The name of the action or unit.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
maconstraint
number
The maximum constraint value.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

Indicates whether the constraint is specified (1) or not (0)

for an action or a unit in the optimiser.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each constraint

in the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
page 2.
not null

a database.
Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS
Name
Data Type
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number
majortype
number
Identifies the type of optimisation - optimisation actions (1), parameter

change cost categories (2), cost mechanism function components (3),
power mechanism function components (4), Monte Carlo mechanism
function components (5).
modifydate
varchar2(32)
optimisationdetailskey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of optimisation details
in a database.
optimisationsnapshotkey number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the optimisation details with a

particular snapshot.
permission
number
group they belong to and all other users. For more information on this, see
projectno
number
type
number
A sub-type, used for the internal representation of major type.
usergroup
number
created the object.
value
float
The best cost value.
not null
Foreign keys:
FK1(projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the

OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT table

Version 5.2.1
Page 179
Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT
Name
Data Type
createdate
varchar2(32)
Constraint
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object.The number is based on the
iteration
number
The iteration number of the snapshot.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
number
overallcost
float
The overall cost of the snapshot.
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 2.
projectno
number
not null

timestamp
number
not null
Stores time/date information related to the

optimisation snapshot.
timestamptf
number
Stores time/date information related to the

tweak file.
usergroup
number

associated with the user who created the
object.
not null
Description

optimisation snapshot in a database.
Table OPVECTOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
advoptiprofkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the vector with a particular

optimisation profile.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

featureid
number
CURRENTLY NOT USED.
Page 180
guid
varchar2(50)
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
opvectorkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each optimisation profile

vector in a database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
permission
number
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
type
number
usergroup
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + advoptiprofkey) references the ADVOPTIPROFILE table
Table PEDATAINDEX
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configprofilekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular configuration

profile with the PE data.
counter
varchar2(256)
Stores the name of the raster.
createdate
varchar2 (32)
createuser
number

filename
varchar2(4000)
Stores the file name of the Microsoft Excel data source.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
pedataindexkey
number
permission
number
projectno
number
source
varchar2(4000)
Stores the location of the Microsoft Excel data source.
spreadcode
number
Stores the spreading code raster reference.
techtype
number
not null
timestamp
number
not null
Time of PE data raster creation.
usergroup
number

Version 5.2.1
not null
Primary key uniquely identifying the table index entry.

not null

database.
Page 181
Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
absrelthreshold
varchar2(32)
Indicates whether the threshold is absolute (0) or relative

(1).
active
number
Indicates whether the threshold is specified (1) or not (0)

for the global/mechanism/
component due to metric degradation after initial state.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number

optionenum
number
Storing an identifier within option type.
optiontype
number
Indicates the type of option - global, mechanism or

component.
permission
number

page 2.
plnrejectoptnkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each plan

reject option in the database.
projectno
number
not null

a database.
threshold
float
Stores the threshold value.
usergroup
number

Table PROBAREAID
Page 182
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ccovthres
float
The signal strength coverage threshold.
clutcode
number
The clutter code.
cminarea
float
The minimum adjacent area affected by coverage.
cmintraf
float
The minimum traffic affected by coverage.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

dmaxcells
number
The maximum dominant cells.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
dminarea
float
Constraint
Description
The minimum adjacent area affected by dominant cells.
dmintraf
float
The minimum traffic affected by dominant cells.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
probareaidkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each problem area in the
database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
qinterthres
float
The interference (quality) threshold.
qminarea
float
The minimum adjacent area affected by quality.
qmintraf
float
The minimum traffic affected by quality.
techtype
number
usergroup
number
Table PROBCELLID
Name
DataType
avrginter
float
The minimum interference threshold for problem cell identification

(pci) due to low quality.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

drpdcalls
number
The number of dropped calls.
drpdcallsper
float
The percentage of dropped calls.
hightraf
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to high

traffic.
hightrafmean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to high

traffic compared to local mean.
hndoverfail
number
NOT USED.
hndoverfailper
float
NOT USED.
hndovrs
number
The number of handovers.
hndovrsper
float
The percentage of handovers.
lowtraf
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to low traffic.
lowtrafmean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to low traffic

compared to local mean.
lrgarea
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to large

area.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 183
Name
DataType
lrgareamean
float
Constraint
Description
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to large area
compared to local mean.
minalp
float
The minimum area location probability for pci due to low coverage.
minlcarea
float
The minimum area threshold for pci due to low coverage.
minlctraffic
float
The minimum traffic threshold for pci due to low coverage.
minlqarea
float
The minimum area threshold for pci due to low quality.
minlqtraffic
float
The minimum traffic threshold for pci due to low quality.
minqualprob
float
The minimum quality probability for pci due to low quality.
minsgnlstrngth
float
The minimum signal strength for pci due to low coverage.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
probcellidkey
number
not null
projectno
number
not null

database.
smlarea
float
The minimum threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to

a small area.
smlareamean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to a small

area compared to local mean.
techtype
number
usergroup
number
Table SIMCONFIG
Page 184
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configprofilekey
number
not null
Stores a unique number for each configuration profile in the

database.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

maxservers
number
The maximum number of servers, defined on the GSM tab of the

(configuration) Profile Settings dialog box.
mcs
varchar2(1024)
Stores data from the 5.0 Monte Carlo Simulator configuration.
minsignalstrength
number
The minimum signal strength (in dBm), defined in the

modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
monte_carlo_sim_
data_51
varchar2(1024)
Stores data from the Monte Carlo Simulator configuration.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
permission
number
projectno
number
sa
varchar2(1024)
simconfigkey
number
snapshots
number
techtype
number
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
not null

database.
Stores Static Analysis configuration data.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number association the simulated

configuration with a particular configuration profile.
The number of Snapshots, defined on the UMTS tab of the
not null

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + configprofilekey) references the CONFIGPROFILE table
Table STATISTIC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cluttercode
number
Associates the statistic set with a particular clutter set.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

created in.
featureid
number
CURRENTLY NOT USED.
guid
varchar2(50)
Used to identify the vector, along with the featureid and

the type.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
number
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

a database.
statistickey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each statistic

set in a database.
statistictype
number
The statistic type.
totalvalue
float
The total optimisation value associated with this statistic

set.

Version 5.2.1
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the statistic set with

a particular optimisation snapshot.
page 2.
Page 185
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
type
number
Indicates the type of vector - standard (0), user (1) or

building (2).
usergroup
number

value
float
The best plan cost value.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the

Table STATISTICMC
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object.The number is based on the
modifydate
varchar2(32)
number
permission
number
projectno
number
servicekey
number
statisticmckey
number
statistictype
number
Indicates the type of statistic - either Mean

Attempts Terminals (1) or Mean Served
Terminals (2).
usergroup
number

associated with the user who created the
object.
value
float
The best plan cost value.
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the Monte

Carlo statistics with a particular optimisation
snapshot.
Three digit code that provides the permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 2.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the Monte
Carlo statistics with a particular service.
not null

set of Monte Carlo statistics in a database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 186
FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the


Version 5.2.1
Table THRESHOLD
Name
DataType
createdate
varchar2(32)
Constraint
createuser
number

entity
number
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
thresholdkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each threshold in a

database.
usergroup
number
not null
Description
Indicates whether the threshold is for clutter (0) or vector/polygon

(1).
Table THRESHOLD_PT
Name
DataType
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.The number is based on the
ecio
float
The C/I Threshold (dB), defined on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters tab of the
indoorloss
float
The Indoor Loss (dB), defined on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters tab of the
indoorper
float
The probability of the clutter type being indoors (%). This is displayed on the GSM/UMTS
Vector Parameters tab of the Optimisation Parameters dialog box.
infade
float
The Fading Indoor STD (dB), defined on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters tab of the
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
outfade
float
The Fading Outdoor STD (dB), defined on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters tab of the
pathloss
float
The Path Loss Threshold (dB), defined on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters tab of the
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the default group they belong
to and all other users. For more information on this, see About Permissions on page 2.

Version 5.2.1
Page 187
Name
DataType
pilot
float
priority
number
not null
Indicates the threshold priority. This is displayed on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters
projectno
number
not null
techtype
number
not null
Indicates the technology type, either GSM (1) or UMTS (2).
threshold_ptk number
ey
not null
Primary key, storing a unique value for each per-technology threshold in a database.
thresholdkey number
not null
Stores a unique number for each threshold in a database.
usergroup
The Pilot Loss Threshold (dB), defined on the GSM/UMTS Vector Parameters tab of the
number
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user who created the
object.
Foreign Keys:
Table VECTORT
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number

featureid
number
not null
Description
CURRENTLY NOT USED.
guid
varchar2(50)
not null
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number
table.
permission
number
projectno
number
not null

database.
thresholdkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular threshold with the

vector.
type
number
not null
usergroup
number
vectortkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector threshold in

the database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 188

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 9

This table describes the tables in the database that relate to CONNECT:
This Table
Primary Keys
AMPSBTSROUTE
Routes for an analogue BTS back to the MSC, cellsitekey

defined in the Site Database.
hop
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
BAND
CARRIERFEED
The frequency Bands and channels available

for microwave links, defined in the Band
Channels dialog box.
bandkey
The feeders defined for the carriers.
carrierfeedersettingskey
YES
projectno
FK1 - pmpcarrierkey
YES
FK1 - bandkey
YES
pmpcarrierkey
projectno
CHANNEL
The channels in each frequency band.
bandkey
lofreq
projectno
CIOBJ
CIOBJENTRY
C/I Objectives tables for Carrier and Interferer

bandwidths, defined in the C/I Objectives
dialog box.
ciobjkey
Required C/I values for frequency separations

between the carrier and Interferer in each C/I
Objective table.
ciobjkey
YES
projectno
FK1 - ciobjkey
YES
freqsep
projectno
GSMBTSROUTE
Routes for a digital BTS back to the MSC,

defined in the Site Database.
YES
cellsitekey
hop
projectno
LINK
Links, defined in the Links Database.
YES
linkkey
projectno
LINKATTACH
The location of files that have been attached to attachkey

each of the links defined in the Link Database
projectno
LINKENDANTENNA
Linkend antennas, defined on the Antenna tab linkendantennakey

of a PmP Hub.
projectno
FK1 - linkkey
YES
YES
ptplinkendkey

Version 5.2.1
Page 189
This Table
Primary Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
LINKENDFEED
Linkend feeders, defined on the Feeder tab of

a PmP Hub Carrier.
linkendfeedersettingskey FK1 linkendantennakey +

projectno
ptplinkendkey
ptplinkendkey
FK2 -ptplinkendkey
YES
LINKTEMPRANGE
Ranges for use in link templates
projectno
YES
rangepk
LINKTERMEQUIP
LINKTYPE
LINKUDH
Link terminal equipment, defined in the Link

Terminal Equipment dialog box.
linktermequipmentkey
Link types, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.
linktypekey
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
User defined heights used in the Height Profile distance

window.
linkkeypk
FK1 - linkkeypk
YES
FK1 - linkkeypk
YES
projectno
LINKUDPROF
MWANTENNATYPE
MWMASK
User defined profiles created in the User

Defined Profile dialog box.
linkkeypk
Microwave antennas, defined in the Antennas

Database.
mwantennakey
Combinations of masking used for microwave

antenna polarisations across a link.
angle
projectno
YES
projectno
FK1 - mwantennakey YES
masktype
mwantennakey
projectno
PMPCARRIER
PmP carriers, defined in the Link Database.
pmpcarrierkey
FK1 - pmpsectorkey
YES
FK1 - siteaddrkey
YES
YES
projectno
PMPHUB
PmP hubs, defined in the Link Database.
pmphubkey
projectno
PMPHUBLINKEND
PMPSECTOR
PmP hub linkends, defined in the Link

Database.
pmphublinkendkey
FK1 - linkkey
projectno
FK2 - pmphubkey
PmP sectors, defined in the Link Database.
pmpsectorkey
FK1 - pmphubkey
YES
prlinkend_pk
FK1 - linkfk
YES
projectno
FK2 - prlinkfk
projectno
PRLINKEND
PRLLINK
PRLREF
Linkends connecting passive repeaters.
Links connecting back-to-back passive

repeaters.
prlpk
Links connecting reflector passive repeaters.
linkpk
FK1 - linkpk
prlpk
FK2 - prlpk
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
PTPLINKEND
RADIOEQUIP
Page 190
PtP linkends defined in the Links Database.
Radio equipment, defined in the Radio

projectno
FK1 - linkkey
ptplinkendkey
FK2 - siteaddrkey
YES
YES
projectno
radioequipkey

Version 5.2.1
This Table
Primary Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
RADIOMASK
Any radio masks that you have defined on the

Tx Spectrum and Rx Selectivity tabs of the
Radio Equipment dialog box.
masktype
FK1 - radioequippk
YES
projectno
FK1 - linkfk
YES
reflectorpk
FK2 - prlinkendfk
offsetvalue
projectno
radioequippk
REFLECTOR
Reflector passive repeaters.
FK3 - prlinkfk
SECTORANTENNA
Sector antennas.
pmpsectorkey
FK1 - pmpsectorkey
YES
projectno
sectorantennakey
SPLITTER
Splitters.
YES
projectno
splitterkey
SPURLINK
SPURREF
Routes taken by a signal travelling between

sites and a BSC.
projectno
Routes taken by a signal travelling along a

reflected route between sites and a BSC.
linkpk
YES
spurpk
FK1 - spurpk
YES
projectno
spurpk
Table AMPSBTSROUTE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellsitekey
number
not null
Primary foreign key that references the sitekey in the cellsite

table of the site, where the route starts.
hop
number
not null
Primary key that stores the number of hops back to the switch.
linkendkey
number
not null
Foreign key to the linkend table used to associate each hop with a
respective link.
modifyuser
number
not null
Field used to describe the user that performed the most recent
changes.
projectno
number
not null
Primary key that stores unique value used to distinguish between

projects in a database.
Table BAND
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each band in the

database.
bandwidth
float
The Bandwidth (in MHz) of the band, defined in the Channel

Editor dialog box.
createdate
date

Version 5.2.1
Page 191
Name
DataType
createuser
number
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
not null
The band ID, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.

not null

the table.
NOT USED.
not null

database.
Table CARRIERFEED
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierfeedersettingskey
number
not null
Primary key used to uniquely identify each feeder setting

in the table.
feederkey
number
Stores a unique number for each feeder in the database.
feederlength
float
The length of feeder (in m), defined on the Feeders subtab

of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link Database.
modifyuser
number
overridefeederloss
number
pmpcarrierkey
number
not null

feeder with a particular PmP carrier.
projectno
number
not null

database.
radioflag
number
sectorantennakey
number
userfeederloss
float
not null

Indicates whether the Override Total Feeder Loss option
Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in
the Link Database.
Indicates the type of antenna that the feeder is attached to

- main Tx, main Rx, diversity Tx or diversity Rx.
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular sector antenna.
The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on the Feeder
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link
Database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 192
FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierkey) references the PMPCARRIER table

Version 5.2.1
Table CHANNEL
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the channel

with a particular band.
channame
varchar2(32)
The Channel Name, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.
hifreq
float
The High Frequency (in MHz) for the channel, defined in the
Channel Editor dialog box.
lofreq
float
not null
Primary key, storing the Low Frequency (in MHz) of the channel,
defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bandkey) references the BAND table
Table CIOBJ
Name
DataType
carrierbw
float
ciobjkey
number
createdate
date
createuser
number

idname
varchar2(32)
interfererbw
float
The Interferer Bandwidth (in MHz) for the C/I Objective, defined in
the C/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
radioequip
number
Indicates the Radio Equipment used for the C/I Objective, defined
in the C/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
usergroup
number


Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
The Carrier Bandwidth (in MHz) for the C/I Objective, defined in
the C/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
not null
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each C/I Objective in

the database.
The C/I Objective ID, defined in the C/I Objectives Editor dialog
box.

the table.
NOT USED.
not null

database.
Page 193
Table CIOBJENTRY
Name
DataType
ciobjective
float
Constraint
Description
ciobjkey
number
not null
Primary foreign key used to relate each particular C/I Objective

table to the actual values aimed to be achieved, as specified in this
table.
freqsep
float
not null
Primary key that specifies the various channel separations

encountered when working with each particular carrier bandwidth.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Field that stores the C/I ratio required for each particular carrier
and interference separation specified.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + ciobjkey) references the CIOBJ table
Table GSMBTSROUTE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellsitekey
number
not null
Primary foreign key that references the sitekey in the cellsite

table of the site where the route starts.
hop
number
not null
Primary key that stores the order in which links are joined to form
the BTS route, back to the switches. Counting starts at 256
upwards, that is, 257 is used for the next link in the line.
linkendkey
number
not null
Foreign key to the linkend table used to associate each hop with a
respective link.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table LINK
Page 194
Name
Data
Type
alpha
float
The alpha value set for an ITU-R P.530-7 or 530-10 link. This is defined on the
Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
calcmethod
number
Indicates the calculation method used.
capacitytype
number
The capacity type.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data
Type
channelbased
number
Indicates whether the Channel Based option has been selected (1) or not (0). This
is defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.
class
number
The Link Class, set for a ITU-T G.821 link. This is defined on the Objectives
Settings subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
climatefactor
float
A numerical constant used when the Climate Factor is set for a Vigants link. This is
defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the
Link Database.
climatemodel
number
The Rainfall Calculation Method used, either ITU-R Model or Crane Model. This is
defined on the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
climateterrain
number
Stores a unique number indicating the Climate/Terrain Factor selected for a Vigants
link - Wet & Humid (0), Average Terrain & Climate (1), Mountain Dry (2), User
Define Terrain & Climate (3) or Terrain & Climate Factor (4).
This is defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link
in the Link Database.
climaticregioncrane number
The Rainzone used for the Crane Model Calculation Method. This is defined on the
Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
climaticregionitu
number
The Rainzone used for the ITU-R Model Calculation Method. This is defined on the
Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
cliterfactorc
float
A numerical constant used when the Climate/Terrain Factor is set for a Vigants link.
in the Link Database
coastalarea
number
Indicates the Description of the Coastal Area for an ITU-R P.530-7 link - Inland (0),
Over Large Bodies (1), Over Medium Bodies (2), Indeterminate (3) or Area of Many
Lakes (4).
coastalprop
float
The proportion of path length over coastal area for an ITU-R P.530-7 link. This is
defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the
Link Database.
comments
varchar2(
255)
Stores optional comments for a link, defined on the Mappings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
coverscoastal
number
Indicates whether the Does the path cross over coastal areas option for a ITU-R
P.530-7 link has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Propagation
Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.The number is based on
the order users were created in.
directradiocap
varchar2(
32)
The radio capacity for the linkend equipment (used in DIRECT only).
directradiofamily
varchar2(
64)
The name of the equipment family (used in DIRECT only).
divchannelbased
number
Indicates whether the Channel Based option has been selected (1) or not (0) Used
for the diversity frequency only.
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
divfreqbandkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular frequency band with the link.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Version 5.2.1
Page 195
Name
Data
Type
divfreqchannel
varchar2(
32)
The name of the channel used by the frequency band, defined on the Frequency
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
errorperformance
float
The A1, B or C parameter value (in %) for the ITU-T G.826 Calculation Method.
This is defined on the Objective Settings subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in
the Link Database.
excess
float
The Percentage of time the rainfall is exceeded, defined on the Rainfall subtab of
the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
flagvalue
varchar2(
255)
freqbandkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular frequency band with the link.
freqchannel
varchar2(
32)
The name of the channel used by the frequency band, defined on the Frequency
grade
number
The Link Grade, defined on the Objectives Settings subtab of the Calculation tab for
a link in the Link Database.
idname
varchar2( not null

32)
The Link ID, defined on the Info subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.
istemplate
number
Indicates whether the link is a template (1) or not (0).
kfactor
float
The Geoclimatic factor k for an ITU-R 530-7 or 530-10 link, defined on the
linkkey
number
linktypekey
number
Stores a unique number associating the link with a particular link type.
losreqdate
varchar2(
32)
The LOS Request sent date, defined on the Type subtab of the General tab for a
link in the Link Database.
losstatus
number
Indicates the LOS/Link Status - Unknown (0), LOS (1), No LOS (2), Confirmed LOS
(3), Confirmed No LOS (4).
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in the database.
This is defined on the Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.
Page 196
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
name1
varchar2(
32)
The 1st Name of the link, defined on the Info subtab of the General tab for a link in
the Link Database.
name2
varchar2(
32)
The 2nd name of the link, defined on the Info subtab of the General tab for a link in
the Link Database.
objecttype
number
Indicates the link type - Point to point (511), Point to Multi-point (512), Back to Back
PR (514) or Reflector PR (515).
overhead
number
The Control Overhead (in kbps), defined on the Type subtab of the General tab for
a link in the Link Database.
overideobsloss
number
Indicates whether you have overriden the obstruction loss (1) or not (0).
pdhsdhmultiple
number
The number of trunks for a link, defined on the Type subtab of the General tab for a
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more information on this, see About Permissions
on page 2.
plvalue
float
The pL Value for an ITU-R P.530-7 link, defined on the Propagation Prediction
subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
not null

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data
Type
pointrefrgrad
float
projectno
float
propeffect
number
The Point refractivity gradient (in N-unit/km) for an ITU-R P.530-10 link, defined on
the Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.
not null

Indicates the Propagation effect used -Rain effect terrestrial, Rain effect slant path,
Rain rate, Multipath, Trans horizon land, Trans horizon sea.
This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the
Link Database.
ptpfreqdiv
number
Indicates whether the frequency diversity option has been selected (1) or not (0)
(Point to point links only).
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
rainrate
float
The Rain Rate for 0.01% (in mm/h), defined on the Rainfall subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
rangepk
number
The range of the link, if one has been set.
reflinklength
number
The reference link length.
reflinklengthover
number
Indicates whether the reference link length has been overriden (1) or not (0).
region
number
Indicates the link Region.

This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the
Link Database.
shortperiodtype
number
The terrain type used for short worst period of time unit.
shortperiodunit
number
The unit used for short worst period of time unit.
shortperiodvalue
number
The value for the short worst period of time.
singlecapacityvalue number
The Single Capacity Value (in Kbps), defined on the Type subtab of the General tab
for a link in the Link Database.
terrain5307
Indicates the Terrain Type for an ITU-R P.530-7 link - Unknown (0), Plains (1), Hills
(2) or Mountains (3).
number
terrainrough
float
Indicates the Terrain Roughness for a Vigants link.

terrainroughfactor
float
The Terrain Roughness Factor (in m) for a ITU-R P.530-10 link, defined on the
useautocalcrainrate number
Indicates whether the Auto Calc Rain Rate option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.
useclimregion
Indicates whether the Rain Rate for 0.01% has been defined (0) or the Use
Rainzone option has been selected (1).
number
This is defined on the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.
useitu_826
number
Indicates whether the Objectives Calculation Method is set to ITU-T G.821 (0) or
ITU-T G.826 (1).
usergroup
number
object.
userobsloss
float
Stores the user defined obstruction loss.

Version 5.2.1
Page 197
Name
Data
Type
usesinglevalue
number
Indicates whether a Single Frequency Value is being used (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.
Table LINKATTACH
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attachkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each attached file in the
database.
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores the optional description that can be added to each

attachment.
filename
varchar2(255)
The file path to the attached file.
linkkey
number
not null
Indicates the link(s) associated with each attachment.
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) reference the LINK table
Table LINKENDANTENNA
Page 198
Name
Data Type Constraint Description
antennaheight
float
The Height (in m) of the antenna, defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of
the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
dryradomeloss
float
The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) of the antenna, defined on the Antenna A (or B)
idname
varchar2(3
2)
The Antenna ID for the antenna.
latitude
float
The Latitude, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
linkendantennakey
number
Primary key, storing a unique number for each linkend antenna in the
database.
longitude
float
The Longitude, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
modifyuser
number
mwantennakey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular Antenna Type with the

linkend antenna.
overrideactelev
number
Indicates whether the Override Active Elevation option has been selected (1)
or not (0). This is defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
not null

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type Constraint Description
overrideantdir
number
Indicates whether the Override antenna Direction option has been selected (1)
or not (0). This is defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
polarisation
number
Indicates the type of polarisation associated with the antenna - horizontal (0),
vertical (1) or crosspolar (2). This is defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
projectno
number
not null
ptplinkendkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the linkend antenna with a
particular linkend.
tilt
float
The User Defined Tilt (in degrees), defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the
This is for information purposes only, and is not used in any calculations.
useractelev
float
The Actual Elevation (in degrees), defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the
useantdir
float
The antenna Direction (in degrees), defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the
wetradomeloss
float
The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the
Table LINKENDFEED
Name
DataType
feederkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular feeder type with the
linkend.
feederlength
float
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
linkendantennakey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular antenna with the linkend.
linkendfeedersettingskey number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of linkend feeder
settings in the database.
modifyuser
number
not null
overridefeederloss
number
projectno
number
not null
ptplinkendkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the feeder setting with
a particular linkend.
radioflag
number
Indicates which type of antenna the feeder is attached to - Antenna A

Main, Antenna B Main, Antenna A Diversity or Antenna B Diversity.
userfeederloss
float
The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on the Feeders subtab of the
Indicates whether the Total Feeder Loss has been overriden (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkendantennakey + ptplinkendkey) references the

LINKENDANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + ptplinkendkey) references the PTPLINKEND table

Version 5.2.1
Page 199
Table LINKTEMPRANGE
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(255)
Constraint
Optional comments, displayed in the Range Settings dialog box.
ispmp
number
Indicates whether the range is for PmP link templates (1) or PtP
link templates (0).
modifyuser
number
table.
projectno
number
rangefrom
float
tangepk
number
rangeto
float
not null
Description

database.
The from range (in km), defined in the Range Settings dialog box.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each range in a

database.
The to range (in km), defined in the Range Settings dialog box.
Table LINKTERMEQUIP
Page 200
Name
Data Type
Constraint
cost
float
The Unit cost of the link terminal equipment, defined on the

Costing tab of the Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

in.
description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the link terminal equipment.
idname
varchar2(32)
inputtype
varchar2(128)
linktermequipkey
number
manufacturer
varchar2(128)
The name of the manufacturer of the link terminal equipment.,

defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal Equipment dialog
box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
outputtype
varchar2(128)
The Output Type, defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal
permission
number
not null
Description
The Part ID of the link terminal equipment.

The Input Type, defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link terminal

equipment in the database.

the table.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
photofile
varchar2(128)
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the link terminal equipment supplier,

defined on the Costing tab of the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box.
usergroup
number

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the link terminal equipment.
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the link terminal
equipment, specified on the General tab of the Link Terminal
not null

database.
Table LINKTYPE
Name
Data Type
bearer
number
Stores a unique number indicating the bearer - microwave (0),

fibre optic (1), copper (2) or satellite (3).
comments
varchar2(256)
Stores any optional comments for the link type.
createdate
date
createuser
number

fibres
number
The Number of Fibres for a Fibre Optic link type, defined on the
Link Types dialog box.
idname
varchar2(32)
installcost
float
linktypekey
number
maintencost
float
The Annual Maintenance Cost, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.
manufacturer
varchar2(64)
The Manufacturer, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
rentalcostkm
float
The Annual Rental Cost/Km, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.
usergroup
number


Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
The link type ID, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
The Installation Cost, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link type in the
database.

the table.
NOT USED.
not null

database.
Page 201
Table LINKUDH
Name
DataType
buildingraster
float
Constraint
The building raster height at the point, based on the map data.
This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.
buildingvector
float
The building vector height at the point, based on the map data.
cluttervalue
float
The clutter height at the point, based on the map data. This is
displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.
distance
float
dtm
float
The DTM height at the point, based on the map data. This is
fresclear
float
The fresnel clearance (in m). This is displayed in the User

Defined Profile dialog box.
linkkeypk
number
losclear
float
The LOS clearance (in m). This is displayed in the User Defined
Profile dialog box.
modifyuser
number

the table.
projectno
number
theight
float
The total height (in metres). This is displayed in the User Defined
Profile dialog box.
ucluttervalue
float
The clutter height at the point, based on the user-defined data.

udtmvalue
float
The DTM height at the point, based on the user-defined data.

uobstructionvalue
float
The obstruction height at the point, based on the user-defined

data. This will be either the building vector or building raster
height, whichever is greater. This is displayed in the User Defined
Profile dialog box.
not null
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing the Distance (km) from End A. This is

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in a

database.

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINK table
LINKUDPROF
Page 202
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
number

linkkeypk
number
not null
Description
Primary key, indicating the link used for the user defined profile.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
not null

the table.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINK table
Table MWANTENNATYPE
Name
Data Type
cost
float
The Unit cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing tab of the
Microwave Antennas dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description for a microwave antenna.
diameter
float
The Diameter (in m), defined on the Info tab of the Microwave
equipiconkey
number
Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with

each microwave antenna.
frequency
float
The Frequency Band (in MHz), defined on the Info tab of the
fronttobackratio
float
The Front to Back Ratio (in dB), defined on the Info tab of the
gain
float
The Gain Value, defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box (in dBi or dBd).
gaintype
number
Indicates whether the gain is measured in dBi (0) (isotropic

antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).
idname
varchar2(64)
manufacturer
varchar2(64)
The name of the manufacturer of the microwave antenna.
maxopfreq
float
The Max Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab of
the Microwave Antennas dialog box.
minopfreq
float
The Min Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab of
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
The Part ID, defined on the General tab of the Microwave


the table.
Page 203
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
mwantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each microwave

parentkey
number
Stores a unique number, identifying the parent folder of the

microwave antenna.
permission
number
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the microwave

antenna, specified on the General tab of the Microwave
polarisation
number
The type of polarisation used on the antenna, horizontal (0),

vertical (1) or crosspolar (2). This is defined on the Info tab of
projectno
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number identifying the microwave antenna supplier,

defined on the Costing tab of the Microwave Antennas dialog
box.
tilttype
number
Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna i.e. either
mechanical (1) or electrical (0).
usergroup
number

weight
float
The Weight (in kg) associated with ms antenna type.
not null

database.
Table MWMASK
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
angle
float
not null
Primary key, storing each angle defined on the Mask tab of the
loss
float
masktype
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number indicating the mask type HH (0), VV, (1), HV (2) or VH (3).
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
mwantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the mask with

a particular microwave antenna.
projectno
number
not null

database.
The Loss (in dB) for each angle, defined on the Mask tab of the
Microwave Antenna dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
Page 204
FK1 (projectno + mwantennakey) references the MWANTENNATYPE table

Version 5.2.1
Table PMPCARRIER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
atpcrange
float
Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.
channelbased
number
Indicates whether the Channel Based option has been selected (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number
divatpcrange
float
Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divchannelbased
number
Indicates whether the Channel Based option has been selected (1) or not
Database.
divenableatpc
number
Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option has been selected (1) or
not (0). This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
divenablenompow number
er
Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom) is enabled (1) or not
Database.
divfreqbandkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular frequency band with the

link.
divfreqbw
float
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divfreqcentre
float
The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divfreqchannel
varchar2(32)
The name of the channel used by the frequency band, defined on the
Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
divfreqdesig
number
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low (1), defined on the

Version 5.2.1
Page 205
Name
Data Type
divoverrideatpcran number
ge
Constraint
Description
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option is selected (1) or not
Database.
divpower
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
divradioequip
number
Stores a unique number identifying the radio equipment assigned to the

PmP carrier. This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
divradiomaxpower float
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divradiominpower
float
The minimum power (Pmin) in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divradionompower float
The nominal power (Pnom) in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divradmou
number
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1), HotSB + Space div.,
1+1 (single ant.), 1+1 (2 ant.).
This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
divradthresh
number
The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the 2nd (1) - defined on the
divrxattenuator
float
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.
divrxbranchloss
float
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier
divrxmiscloss
float
The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
divtxattenuator
float
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.
divtxbranchloss
float
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier
divtxmiscloss
float
The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
Page 206

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
divxpifvalue
float
Constraint
Description
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
enableatpc
number
Indicates whether the Enable ATPC option has been selected (1) or not (0).
enablenompower
number
Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom) is enabled (1) or not
Database.
freqbandkey
number
Stores a unique number associating a particular frequency band with the

link.
freqbw
float
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
freqcentre
float
The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
freqchannel
varchar2(32)
The name of the channel used by the frequency band, defined on the
freqdesig
number
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low (1), defined on the
freqdiv
number
Indicates whether the Frequency Diversity option has been selected (1) or
not (0). This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
not null
The Carrier ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
not null
overrideatpcrange number
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option is selected (1) or not
Database.
permission
number
group they belong to and all other users. For more information on this, see
pmpcarrierkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP carrier in the
database.
pmpsectorkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the PmP carrier with a particular PmP
sector.
power
float
projectno
number
radioequip
number
Stores a unique number identifying the radio equipment assigned to the

PmP carrier. This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
radiomaxpower
float
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
radiominpower
float
The minimum power (Pmin) in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP

Version 5.2.1
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
not null
Page 207
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
radionompower
float
The nominal power (Pnom) in dB defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
radmou
number
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1), HotSB + Space div.,
1+1 (single ant.), 1+1 (2 ant.).
radthresh
number
The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the 2nd (1) - defined on the
rxattenuator
float
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.
rxbranchloss
float
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier
rxmiscloss
float
The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
txattenuator
float
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.
txbranchloss
float
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier
txmiscloss
float
The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
usergroup
number
created the object.
xpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table
Table PMPHUB
Page 208
Name
Data Type
Constraint
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a PmP

Hub in the Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number

idname
varchar2(32)
istemplate
number
Indicates whether the PmP hub is a template (1) or not (0).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in the
Link Database.
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in the
Link Database.
not null
not null
Description
The Hub ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in the
Link Database.

the table.

Version 5.2.1
Name
Data Type
permission
number
Constraint
Description
pmphubkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP Hub in the
database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
siteaddrkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PmP hub with a

usergroup
number

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table
Table PMPHUBLINKEND
Name
Data Type
avgrefractivity
float
The average refractivity value at the linkend.
bearing
float
The orientation of each of the antennas mounted on the sites in

the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number

inclination
float
The tilting calculated by the tool to ensure the antenna dishes on

either side of the link are directly facing each other. A positive
value represents a downtilt and a negative one an uptilt.
linkkey
number
linktermequipkey
number
Key used to uniquely identify each link termination equipment in

the table.
minantheight
float
The minimum antenna height.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
pmpcarrierkey
number
Key used to uniquely identify each pmp carrier in the table.
pmphubkey
number
not null
Key used to identify each pmp hub in the table.
pmphublinkendkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP hub linkend
in the table.
pmpsectorkey
number
projectno
number

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
not null
Description
Key used to uniquely identify each link in the table.
table.
Key used to uniquely identify each pmp sector in the table.

not null

database.
Page 209
Name
Data Type
usergroup
number
Constraint
Description
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table
Table PMPSECTOR
Name
Data Type
Constraint
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a

PmP sector in the Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number

direction
float
The PmP sector Direction (in degrees), defined on the General

tab for a PmP sector in the Link Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name of the sector, defined on the General tab for a
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name of the sector, defined on the General tab for a
permission
number
pmphubkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PmP sector with a

particular PmP hub.
pmpsectorkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP sector in

the database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
radius
float
The PmP sector Radius (in m), defined on the General tab for a
usergroup
number

width
float
The PmP sector Width (in degrees), defined on the General tab
for a PmP sector in the Link Database.
not null
Description
The Sector ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP sector in
the Link Database.
not null

the table.
Foreign Keys:
Page 210
FK1 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table

Version 5.2.1
Table PRLINKEND
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number

linkendtype
number
not null
Indicates the type of PR, either back to back (524) or reflector

(525).
linkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PR linkend with a

particular link.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
prlinkend_pk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PR linkend in the

database.
prlinkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number associating the PR linkend with a

particular PR link.
projectno
number
not null

database.
siteaddressfk
number
Stores a unique number, associating the PR linkend with a

usergroup
number
waveguidelength
float
The Waveguide Length (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater

subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in the Link Database.
waveguidelossperm
float
The Waveguide Loss/m (in dB), defined on the Passive Repeater

subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in the Link Database.

not null
table.
Foreign Keys:
Table PRLLINK
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number

idname
varchar2(32)

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
not null
Description
The Link ID, defined on the Info subtab of the General tab for a
Passive Repeater (PR) link in the Link Database.
Page 211
Name
DataType
istemplate
number
Constraint
Indicates whether or not the PR link is a template (1) or not (0).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
objecttype
number
Indicates the type of PR, Back to Back or Reflector.
permission
number
prlpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PR link in the

database.
projectno
number
not null

database.
usergroup
number
not null
Description
table.
Table PRLREF
Name
DataType
legno
number
Constraint
Description
linkpk
number
not null
Primary key, uniquely identifying the link.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
objecttype
number
not null
Indicates the type of PR link, either Back to Back (514) or Reflector

(515).
prlpk
number
not null
Primary key storing the passive repeater link identifier
projectno
number
not null

database.
Field representing the joining section for the passive repeater link.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkpk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlpk) references the PRLLINK table
Table PTPLINKEND
Page 212
Name
DataType
atpcrange
float
Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a Point to Point (PTP) link in the Link Database.
avgrefractivity
float
The average refractivity value at the linkend.
bearing
float
The orientation of each of the antennas mounted on the sites in the database.
createdate
date

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.The number is based on
the order users were created in.
divatpcrange
float
Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
divenableatpc
number
Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Point to Point
(PTP) link in the Link Database.
divenablenom
power
number
Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom) is enabled (1) or not (0). This is
defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Point to Point (PTP) link
divfreqbw
float
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a Point to Point (PTP) link in the Link Database.
divfreqcentre
float
The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
divfreqdesig
number
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low (1), defined on the Frequency
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
divoverrideatp
crange
number
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option is selected (1) or not (0). This is
divpower
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
PTP link in the Link Database.
divradioequip
number
Stores a unique number identifying the radio equipment assigned to the PmP carrier.
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP link in the
Link Database.
divradiomaxpo float
wer
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
divradiominpo
wer
float
The minimum power (Pmin) in dB defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
divradionompo float
wer
The nominal power (Pnom) defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for
a Point to Point (PTP) link in the Link Database.
divradmou
number
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1), HotSB + Space div., 1+1 (single
ant.), 1+1 (2 ant.).
Link Database.

Version 5.2.1
Page 213
Name
DataType
divradthresh
number
The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the 2nd (1) - defined on the Radio subtab
of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
divrxattenuator float
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a PTP link in the Link Database.
divrxbranchlos float
s
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
divrxmiscloss
float
The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
divtxattenuator float
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
divtxbranchlos float
s
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
divtxmiscloss
float
The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
divxpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP
Page 214
enableatpc
number
Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Point to Point
(PTP) link in the Link Database.
enablenompo
wer
number
Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom) is enabled (1) or not (0). This is
freqbw
float
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a Point to Point (PTP) link in the Link Database.
freqcentre
float
The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
freqdesig
number
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low (1), defined on the Frequency
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
inclination
float
Stores the tilting computed by the tool to ensure the antenna dishes on either side of
the link are directly facing each other. A positive value represents a downtilt and a
negative one an up tilt.
isenda
number
Indicates whether the linkend is end A (1) or not (0).
linkkey
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PTP linkend with a particular link.
linktermequipk number
ey
Stores a unique number, associating a particular link terminal equipment with the PTP
linkend.
minantheight
float
Field that specifies the minimum antenna height.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
not null

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
overrideatpcra number
nge
not null
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option is selected (1) or not (0). This is
permission
number
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 2.
power
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
projectno
number
not null
ptplinkendkey
number
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each PTP linkend in the database.
radioequipkey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular radio equipment with the PTP linkend.
radiomaxpowe float
r
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
radiominpower float
The minimum power (Pmin) in dB defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
radionompowe float
r
The nominal power (Pnom) defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for
a Point to Point (PTP) link in the Link Database.
radmou
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1), HotSB + Space div., 1+1 (single
ant.), 1+1 (2 ant.).
number
Link Database.
radthresh
number
The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the 2nd (1) - defined on the Radio subtab
of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP link in the Link Database.
rxattenuator
float
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
rxbranchloss
float
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
rxmiscloss
float
The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
siteaddrkey
number
txattenuator
float
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
txbranchloss
float
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
txmiscloss
float
The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
usergroup
number
object.
xpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PTP
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PTP linkend with a particular Property.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table

Version 5.2.1
Page 215
Table RADIOEQUIP
Page 216
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ad
float
The Dispersive fade margin, defined on the Signature

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
approxselective
number
Indicates whether the Approximation Method for

selective multipath fading option has been selected (1)
or not (0). This is defined on the Signature tab of the
atpcrange
float
The ATPC Range value (in dB), defined on the Info tab
of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
bm
float
The Bm value (in dB), defined on the Signature tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box.
bnm
float
The Bnm value (in dB), defined on the Signature tab of

channelcapacity
float
Describes the channel capacity for each radio

equipment element defined in the database.
channelcapacityenum
number
Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated value)

that corresponds to a capacity type (such as E1 or
STM16). In the code each capacity type has a
corresponding numerical value (for example, the label
E1 corresponds to 1 and T1 to 6). These values are
stored in the database so if a link or radio equipment is
set to use T1 - it's database entry will be 6. This can be
translated back to T1.
cost
float
The Unit cost, defined on the Costing tab of the Radio

createdate
date
createuser
number

created in.
description
varchar2(128)
Optional entry that provides more information on the

equipment added to this Radio Equipment dialog box.
dispersive
number
Indicates whether the Dispersive Fade Margin option

Signature tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
dupmethod
number
The Duplexing Method , either FDD (0) or TDD (1),

defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.
equaliser
number
Indicates whether the Equaliser Used option has been

selected (1) or not (0) for the Approximation Method.
This is defined on the Signature tab of the Radio
family
varchar2(64)
Stores the DIRECT radio family type.
fktb
float
The FKTB, defined on the Info tab of the Radio

freqband
float
The Frequency Band (in GHz), defined on the

Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
freqbw
float
The Radio Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on

the Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The Part ID for the radio equipment, defined on the

General tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
kn
float
The Kn value for the Approximation Method, defined on

the Signature of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
knratio
float
The Reduced ratio for the Kn value for the

Approximation Method, defined on Signature tab of the
manufacturer
varchar2(64)
The radio equipment Manufacturer, defined on the Info

maxopfreq
float
The Maximum Operating Frequency (in GHz), defined

on the Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
maxpower
float
The Max-Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Info tab of

minopfreq
float
The Minimum Operating Frequency (in GHz), defined

on the Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
minpower
float
The Min-Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Info tab of

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
modulation
varchar2(32)
The Modulation Method, defined on the Signature tab of

moucoldsb
float
The Tx Branching Loss for HotSB + space div, defined

on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
mouhotsb
float
The Tx Branching Loss for HotSB, defined on the Loss

mouoneplusone
float
The Tx Branching Loss for 1+1 (single ant.), defined on

the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
mouoneplustwo
float
The Tx Branching Loss for 1+1 (2 ant.), defined on the

Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
mousingle
float
The Tx Branching Loss for Single, defined on the Loss

mousinglenm
float
The Tx Branching Loss for Single (no modulation).
msm
float
Stores the msm value.
mtbf
float
The MTBF (year), defined on the Info tab of the Radio

noisefig
float
The noise figure (dB) used to calculate FKTB, defined

on the Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
noisetemp
float
The noise temperature used to calculate FKTB, defined

on the Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
noofchannels
number
The number of channels, defined on the Frequency tab

override
number
Indicates whether the Override checkbox on the Info

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box has been

Version 5.2.1
not null

Page 217
Page 218
Name
DataType
Constraint
overrideatpcrange
number
Indicates whether the Enable ATPC checkbox on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box has been
permission
number
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the radio

equipment, specified on the General tab of the Radio
projectno
number
protected
number
radioequipkey
number
radiotype
number
The radio type that the equipment uses, either PDH (0)
or SDH (1).
sdhnmstatus
number
FOR FUTURE USE.
selective
number
Indicates whether the Signature information for

selective multipath fading option has been selected (1)
or not (0). This is defined on the Signature tab of the
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the radio equipment supplier,

defined on the Costing tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.
taum
float
The TAUm (ns), defined on the Signature tab of the

taunm
float
The TAUnm (ns), defined on the Signature tab of the

thresh1ber
number
The BER for Threshold 1, defined on the Info tab of the

thresh1db
float
Threshold 1 (in dBm), defined on the Info tab of the

thresh2ber
number
The BER for Threshold 2, defined on the Info tab of the

thresh2db
float
Threshold 2 (in dBm), defined on the Info tab of the

tiobjective
float
The T/I Objective value (in dB), defined on the Info tab
trafficchannel
number
Indicates the Traffic Channel, either PDH (0) or SDH

(1), defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
txmoucoldsb
float
The Rx Branching Loss for HotSB + space div, defined

on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
txmouhotsb
float
The Rx Branching Loss for HotSB, defined on the Loss

txmouoneplusone
float
The Rx Branching Loss for 1+1 (single ant.), defined on

the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
txmouoneplustwo
float
The Rx Branching Loss for 1+1 (2 ant.), defined on the

Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
not null
Description

in a database.
Indicates whether the Protected option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Info tab of
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each radio

equipment in the database.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
txmousingle
float
The Rx Branching Loss for Single, defined on the Loss

txmousinglenm
float
The Rx Branching Loss for Single (no modulation),

defined on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
usemsm
number
Indicates whether or not msm is being used.
usergroup
number

weight
float
Stores the weight associated with the radio equipment.
wm
float
The Wm (in GHz), defined on the Signature tab of the

wnm
float
The Wnm (in GHz), defined on the Signature tab of the

xpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Info tab of the Radio
Table RADIOMASK
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attenvalue
float
masktype
number
modifyuser
number
offsetvalue
float
not null
Primary key, The offset (in MHz) defined on the Tx Spectrum tab
or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
projectno
number
not null

database.
radioequippk
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the radio equipment on which the mask is

set.
The attenuation (in dB) defined on the Tx Spectrum tab or the Rx

Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
not null
Primary key, The mask type defined on the Tx Spectrum tab or the
Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box. This can be
receive (1) or transmit (0).
table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table
Table REFLECTOR
Name
DataType
centreheight
float
The Passive Centre Height (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link
Database.
height
float
The Height (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link Database.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 219
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
linkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the reflector passive repeater

(PR) with a particular link.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
prlinkendfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the reflector PR with a

particular PR linkend.
prlinkfk
number
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the reflector PR with a

particular PR link.
projectno
number
not null

database.
reflectorpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each reflector PR in the

database.
tilt
float
NOT USED.
width
float
The Width (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + prlinkendfk) references the PRLINKEND table
Table SECTORANTENNA
Page 220
Name
DataType
antennaheight
float
Constraint
The Height (in m), defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.
dryradomeloss
float
The Dry Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab for a
sector in the Link Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
latitude
float
The Latitude, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the Link
Database.
longitude
float
The Longitude, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the Link
Database.
modifyuser
number
mwantennakey
number
Stores a unique number, associating a particular microwave

antenna type with the sector antenna. This is defined on the
Antenna tab for a sector in the Link Database.
overrideactelev
number
Indicates whether the actual elevation option has been selected (1)
or not (0).
overrideantdir
number
Indicates whether the override antenna direction option has been

pmpsectorkey
number
not null
not null
not null
Description
The Antenna ID, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the Link
Database.
table.
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the sector

antenna with a particular PmP sector.

Version 5.2.1
Name
DataType
polarisation
number
Constraint
Description
projectno
number
not null

database.
sectorantennakey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each sector antenna in

the database.
tilt
float
User defined value that provides a corrected value for the tilting of
the sector antennas. This is purely an information field and is not
used in any calculations.
useractelev
float
Stores the user-defined actual elevation value.
userantdir
float
Stores the user-defined antenna direction value.
wetradomeloss
float
The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab for a
sector in the Link Database.
indicates the antenna Polarisation - horizontal (0), vertical (1) or

crosspolar (2). This is defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table
Table SPLITTER
Name
DataType
createdate
date
NOT USED.
createuser
number
NOT USED.
description
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
idname
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
loss
float
NOT USED.
manufacturer
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
NOT USED.
modifyuser
number
NOT USED.
permission
number
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
projectno
number
NOT USED.
splitterkey
number
NOT USED.
type
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
usergroup
number
NOT USED.

Version 5.2.1
Constraint
Description
Page 221
Table SPURLINK
Name
DataType
class
number
Constraint
Description
Stores ITU Error Performance objects.
createdate
date
createuser
number

errorperformance
float
The A1, B or C parameter value, depending on whether the

connection is long haul, short haul or access.
This is used in the G.826 error performance calculations, and the
default = 0.
grade
number
Stores grade information.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
permission
number
projectno
number
refspurlength
number
Stores a chain's calculation parameter.
refspurlengthover
number
Indicates whether a spurlink length has been exceeded. 0 = not

exceeded and 1 = exceeded.
spurpk
number
useitu_826
number
Stores the ITU value, either G821(0), or G826 (1).
usergroup
number
not null
Lists the names given to each chain created within the database.
not null
table.
not null
not null

database.
Primary key uniquely identifying the chain.
Table SPURREF
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
linkpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in the chain.
modifyuser
number
not null
table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
spurpk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each chain in the

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 222
FK1 (projectno + spurpk) references the SPURLINK table

Version 5.2.1
CHAPTER 10
About Difference Tables

The difference tables (Diff tables) in the database store information about user-specific
changes. Diff tables contain all information that has been Applied but not yet
Committed. These changes are associated with the user who made them. Other users
can see these changes by updating network elements in the Site Database. For
information on using Apply and Commit, see the ENTERPRISE User Reference
Guide.
Note the following points about Diff tables:
Fields starting with a d store the new information that has been Applied.
Fields that do not start with a d (preceding the field name) contain the original
data, that is, the last data that was Committed.
So, for example, these two fields exist in the DIFFMSC table:
didname (varchar2(32)) - Updated data entry to the table.
idname (varchar2(32)) - Original data entry to the table when the application
was first loaded or subsequent data is committed.
Values in both fields remain the same when any deletions or additions to the
database take place. If an update to the data is performed then the two fields will
differ in their contents.
Some difference fields will always remain the same as their counterparts, such as
primary key fields which are used to reference the associated data in the
committed tables. Some example of fields that remain the same are dcreatedate,
dcreateuser, dprojectno, dobjectkey and dsitekey.
Also present in each diff table is a field called diffstate. This specifies the change
that has occurred to any of the database tables and will be:
0 to indicate an addition of an object to the database
1 to indicate an update to the current data
2 to indicate a deletion

Version 5.2.1
Page 223
Permissions in Difference Tables

Some diff tables contain a permission field. This either:
Shows a three digit code providing the permissions for the user, the default group
they belongs to and all other users. For more information on this, see About
Is unused at present.
To see which of these is the case for a particular Diff table, view the counterpart table.
Page 224

Version 5.2.1
permissions 2
project 119
relationships 7
Index
Vectors
database tables 57, 58
D
Database tables
ADVANTAGE 163
CONNECT 189
Environment set-up 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 25
Equipment 13, 59
Internal 14, 73
Logical network 15, 16, 87
Project 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 119
relationships 7
Databases
table relationships 7
tables 25, 59, 73, 87, 119, 163, 189, 223
Difference tables 223
F
Fields
tables 1, 39
Foreign keys, definition 1
M
Models
tables 49
P
Permissions
database tables 2
Primary keys, definition 1
T
Table relationships
ADVANTAGE 22
CONNECT 23, 24
Environment set-up 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
Equipment 13
Internal 14
Logical network 15, 16
Project 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Tables
ADVANTAGE 163
CONNECT 23, 24, 189
database 1, 223
environment set-up 25
equipment 59
Internal 73
logical 87

Version 5.2.1
Page i
Page ii

Version 5.2.1

Database Reference Guide

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Database Reference Guide

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

ENTERPRISE